Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

at+the+beginning+of+the+century

  • 61 origen

    m.
    1 origin (principio).
    en su origen originally
    dar origen a to give rise to
    tener su origen en to have one's origins in, to originate in (lugar)
    2 origins, birth (ascendencia).
    los aceites de origen español oils of Spanish origin, Spanish oils
    Alicia es colombiana de origen Alicia is Colombian by birth
    de origen humilde of humble origin
    3 cause (causa).
    el origen del problema the cause o source of the problem
    * * *
    1 (causa) cause, origin
    2 (procedencia - gen) origin; (- de persona) extraction
    \
    dar origen a to give rise to
    en su origen originally
    tener su origen en to originate in
    idioma de origen source language
    país de origen country of origin
    * * *
    noun m.
    •
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=causa, principio) origin

    • dar origen a — [+ rumores, movimiento, organización] to give rise to

    el Big Bang, la gran explosión que dio origen al Universo — the Big Bang, the great explosion that created the Universe

    • de origen, proteínas de origen animal/vegetal — animal/vegetable proteins

    problemas de origen psicológico — psychological problems, problems of psychological origin

    un deporte de origen inglés — a sport of English origin, a sport originally from England

    • desde sus orígenes — [de movimiento, corriente] from its origins; [de ciudad, país] from the very beginning, right from the start

    • en su origen — originally

    en su origen la organización no tenía más de veinte miembros — at the outset o at the start o originally the organization had no more than twenty members

    • tener su origen en — [+ lugar] to originate in; [+ inicio] to originate from; [+ fecha] to date back to

    el vals tiene su origen en las danzas austriacas "Ländler" — the waltz originates o comes from Austrian "Ländler" dances

    2) [de persona] background, origins pl

    son gente de origen humilde — they are from a humble background, they are of humble origins

    • de origen argentino/árabe — of Argentinian/Arab origin o más frm extraction

    • país de origen — country of origin, native country

    3)

    • en origen — (Com, Econ) at source

    * * *
    a) ( principio) origin; (de palabra, tradición) origin

    en su origen — originally, in the beginning

    aquel comentario dio origen a... — that remark gave rise to o caused...

    b) ( procedencia) origin
    c) (Mat) origin
    * * *
    = genesis, lineage, origin, parent, pedigree, root, source, provenance, strain, root cause.
    Ex. The genesis of this brave new world of solid state logic, in which bibliographic data are reduced to phantasmagoria on the faces of cathode-ray tubes (CRT), extends at most only three-quarters of a decade into the dim past.
    Ex. The lineage of PRECIS indexing: PRECIS indexing has roots in faceted classification.
    Ex. These rules have their origins in a report by the American Library Association.
    Ex. Most bibliographic databases evolved from a parent abstracting or indexing publication.
    Ex. The term 'false drops' which is encountered in other aspects of information retrieval can trace its pedigree to edge notch cards.
    Ex. However, many indexing systems have evolved over the last century, and have their roots in a time when detailed specification of subjects was unnecessary.
    Ex. The network is fairly well developed and lobbying initiatives on policies affecting all or a group of local authorities have stemmed from this source.
    Ex. This article redefines the archival principle of provenance as the entire history of an item's origin, its use and custody.
    Ex. The dynamism of a continent-wide free society drawn from many strains depended on more people having access to more knowledge to be used in more ways = El dinamismo de una sociedad continental libre compuesta de muchas razas dependía de que un mayor número de personas tuviera acceso a un mayor conocimiento para que se utilizara de más formas diferentes.
    Ex. This article highlights the root causes of nativism against both immigrants and U.S. immigration policy arising from increasing legal and illegal immigration.
    ----
    * álbum de orígenes = studbook.
    * americano de origen asiático = Asian American.
    * americano de origen mejicano = Mexican American.
    * artículo origen = parent article.
    * atribuir su origen a = trace to, trace back to.
    * buscar el origen de = trace + the origin of.
    * buscar el origen de la relación entre = trace + the relationship between.
    * cuyo origen es determinable = retraceable, traceable.
    * cuyo origen es ilocalizable = irretraceable.
    * cuyo origen es localizable = traceable, retraceable.
    * cuyo origen is indeterminable = irretraceable.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * de origen + Adjetivo = Adjetivo + in origin.
    * de origen determinable = retraceable, traceable.
    * de origen humilde = of low descent.
    * de origen ilocalizable = irretraceable.
    * de origen indeterminable = irretraceable.
    * de origen localizable = traceable, retraceable.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en sus orígenes = originally.
    * establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.
    * libro de orígenes = studbook.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * nacionalidad de origen = nationality of origin.
    * Origen de las Especies, el = Origin of Species, the.
    * origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.
    * orígenes = ascendancy.
    * orígenes + encontrarse = origins + lie.
    * origen étnico = ethnic origin, ethnicity, ethnic background.
    * origen geográfico = geographical origin.
    * origen geológico = geological origin.
    * origen nacional = national origin.
    * origen + remontarse a = trace + ascendancy.
    * país de origen = country of origin, national origin, home country.
    * ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.
    * ser el origen de = provide + the material for.
    * tener su origen = hark(en) back to, hearken back to.
    * tener su origen en = trace to, trace back to, have + Posesivo + roots in.
    * tener sus orígenes = be rooted in.
    * término de origen = referred-from term.
    * vender en el extranjero a precios inferiores que en el país de origen = dump.
    * * *
    a) ( principio) origin; (de palabra, tradición) origin

    en su origen — originally, in the beginning

    aquel comentario dio origen a... — that remark gave rise to o caused...

    b) ( procedencia) origin
    c) (Mat) origin
    * * *
    = genesis, lineage, origin, parent, pedigree, root, source, provenance, strain, root cause.

    Ex: The genesis of this brave new world of solid state logic, in which bibliographic data are reduced to phantasmagoria on the faces of cathode-ray tubes (CRT), extends at most only three-quarters of a decade into the dim past.

    Ex: The lineage of PRECIS indexing: PRECIS indexing has roots in faceted classification.
    Ex: These rules have their origins in a report by the American Library Association.
    Ex: Most bibliographic databases evolved from a parent abstracting or indexing publication.
    Ex: The term 'false drops' which is encountered in other aspects of information retrieval can trace its pedigree to edge notch cards.
    Ex: However, many indexing systems have evolved over the last century, and have their roots in a time when detailed specification of subjects was unnecessary.
    Ex: The network is fairly well developed and lobbying initiatives on policies affecting all or a group of local authorities have stemmed from this source.
    Ex: This article redefines the archival principle of provenance as the entire history of an item's origin, its use and custody.
    Ex: The dynamism of a continent-wide free society drawn from many strains depended on more people having access to more knowledge to be used in more ways = El dinamismo de una sociedad continental libre compuesta de muchas razas dependía de que un mayor número de personas tuviera acceso a un mayor conocimiento para que se utilizara de más formas diferentes.
    Ex: This article highlights the root causes of nativism against both immigrants and U.S. immigration policy arising from increasing legal and illegal immigration.
    * álbum de orígenes = studbook.
    * americano de origen asiático = Asian American.
    * americano de origen mejicano = Mexican American.
    * artículo origen = parent article.
    * atribuir su origen a = trace to, trace back to.
    * buscar el origen de = trace + the origin of.
    * buscar el origen de la relación entre = trace + the relationship between.
    * cuyo origen es determinable = retraceable, traceable.
    * cuyo origen es ilocalizable = irretraceable.
    * cuyo origen es localizable = traceable, retraceable.
    * cuyo origen is indeterminable = irretraceable.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * de origen + Adjetivo = Adjetivo + in origin.
    * de origen determinable = retraceable, traceable.
    * de origen humilde = of low descent.
    * de origen ilocalizable = irretraceable.
    * de origen indeterminable = irretraceable.
    * de origen localizable = traceable, retraceable.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en sus orígenes = originally.
    * establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.
    * libro de orígenes = studbook.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * nacionalidad de origen = nationality of origin.
    * Origen de las Especies, el = Origin of Species, the.
    * origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.
    * orígenes = ascendancy.
    * orígenes + encontrarse = origins + lie.
    * origen étnico = ethnic origin, ethnicity, ethnic background.
    * origen geográfico = geographical origin.
    * origen geológico = geological origin.
    * origen nacional = national origin.
    * origen + remontarse a = trace + ascendancy.
    * país de origen = country of origin, national origin, home country.
    * ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.
    * ser el origen de = provide + the material for.
    * tener su origen = hark(en) back to, hearken back to.
    * tener su origen en = trace to, trace back to, have + Posesivo + roots in.
    * tener sus orígenes = be rooted in.
    * término de origen = referred-from term.
    * vender en el extranjero a precios inferiores que en el país de origen = dump.

    * * *
    1 (del universo, de la vida) origin; (de una palabra, una tradición) origin
    esta costumbre tiene su origen en un antiguo rito pagano this custom has its origin in an ancient pagan rite, this custom derives from an ancient pagan rite
    la cocina vasca desde sus orígenes hasta la actualidad Basque cuisine from its origins to the present day
    el Tratado de Versalles dio origen a la OIT the ILO came into being o was brought into being by the Treaty of Versailles
    aquel comentario dio origen a un gran escándalo that remark gave rise to o caused a great scandal
    los orígenes de la guerra the origins o causes of the war
    2 (de un producto — establecimiento) point of origin; (— país) country of origin
    embotellado en origen estate-bottled
    es español de origen he is Spanish by birth
    de origen holandés of Dutch origin o extraction
    de origen humilde of humble origin(s)
    mejillones envasados en origen mussels canned at point of origin
    3 ( Mat) origin
    * * *

     

    origen sustantivo masculino
    origin;

    dar origen a algo to give rise to sth;
    país de origen country of origin;
    de origen humilde of humble origin(s)
    origen sustantivo masculino
    1 (comienzo) origin: dio una charla sobre el origen del universo, he gave a talk on the origin of the universe
    2 (causa) cause: el origen de su tristeza es la muerte de su amigo, his sadness is due to his friend's death
    3 (ascendencia, procedencia) origin: su madre es inglesa de origen, her mother is English by birth
    ♦ Locuciones: dar origen a, to give rise to: su actitud dio origen a un malentendido, his attitude gave rise to a misunderstanding
    denominación de origen, guarantee of origin and quality

    ' origen' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    denominación
    - derivarse
    - doblete
    - emanar
    - ser
    - extracción
    - fuente
    - germen
    - hipótesis
    - madre
    - milenaria
    - milenario
    - nacimiento
    - principio
    - semilla
    - tierra
    - ascendencia
    - de
    - país
    - procedencia
    English:
    background
    - be
    - beginning
    - birth
    - date
    - descent
    - ethnicity
    - fountainhead
    - from
    - get at
    - home
    - homeland
    - origin
    - originate
    - out of
    - provenance
    - root
    - source
    - speculate
    - start out
    - trace back
    - African-American
    - derive
    - rise
    * * *
    origen nm
    1. [principio] origin;
    en su origen originally;
    dar origen a to give rise to;
    sus palabras han dado origen a especulaciones her statements have given rise to o caused speculation;
    esta idea dio origen a la actual empresa this idea was the origin of the company as it is today;
    desde sus orígenes from its origins;
    tener su origen en [lugar] to have one's origins in, to originate in;
    esta leyenda tiene su origen en un hecho histórico this legend has its origins in historical fact;
    tiene su origen en el siglo XIX it originated in the 19th century
    2. [ascendencia] origins, birth;
    Alicia es colombiana de origen Alicia is Colombian by birth;
    de origen humilde of humble origin
    3. [causa] cause;
    el origen del problema the cause o source of the problem
    4. [de un producto] origin;
    agua mineral envasada en origen mineral water bottled at source
    5. Mat origin
    * * *
    m origin;
    ser de origen … be of … origin o extraction;
    tener su origen en have its origin in;
    dar origen a give rise to
    * * *
    1) : origin
    2) : lineage, birth
    3)
    dar origen a : to give rise to
    4)
    en su origen : originally
    * * *
    1. (en general) origin
    2. (causa) cause

    Spanish-English dictionary > origen

  • 62 в

    1. (място, сфера на действие) in, on; at
    в Европа in Europe
    в града in town
    в Боровец at Borovets
    в къщи at home
    в стаята/градината in the room/garden
    отсядам в put up/stay at
    тумор в мозъка a tumor on the brain
    2. (движение) to, into, in; at
    пристигам в София/в хотела arrive in Sofia/at the hotel
    влизам в стаята go into the room, enter the room
    налей вода в чашата pour some water into the glass
    3. (време, времетраене) in, on, at; during, in the course of
    в бъдеще in the future
    в сряда on Wednesday
    в 10 часа at ten o'clock
    в 5 in 5
    в началото in the beginning
    в началото на април at the beginning of April, in early April
    в началото на срока at the beginning of term
    веднаж в седмицата/годината once (in) a week,/a year
    в двадесетия век in/during the twentieth century
    в движение in motion; on the move
    в безсъзнание съм be in a (dead) faint, be unconscious
    в паника съм be in a panic; panic
    в покой in repose, at rest; motionless
    5. (начин вид) in; into; on
    в галоп at a canter/gallop
    gallop a horse; влизам в подробности go/eater into detail(s)
    облечен в бяло dressed in white
    измервам нещо в градуси/проценти measure s.th. in degrees/percentages
    в общи черти in general outline, generally speaking
    драма в три действия a play in three acts, a three-act play
    в заем on loan, as a loan
    6. (цел) in, on
    в знак на уважение as a token of respect
    в името на in the name of
    в памет на in memory of
    в случай, че if, in case
    в действителност in reality, in fact. in point of fact; actually
    в частност in particular
    7. посока, навътре, вътре в, нагоре in, into, en-, up, im-
    въвеждам introduce
    вмъквам push. stick s.th. in(to)
    вдигам raise, lift (up)
    вдишвам breathe in, inspire
    (преминаване в ново състояние) make... с adj. em-, en-,-en; grow/become...
    вгорчавам make bitter, прен. embitter
    вгранявам се grow/become/turn rancid
    вкиселявам make s.th. turn sour
    (за усилване) intently, fixedly
    вслушвам се listen intently
    * * *
    в,
    предл.
    1. ( място, сфера на действие) in, on; at; (в рамките на) within; (за малки селища) at; \в Боровец at Borovets; \в зрителното поле within sight; във въздуха in the air; затъмнение \в белите дробове spots on the lungs; един камък го удари \в челото a stone hit him on the forehead; тумор \в мозъка a tumor on the brain;
    2. ( движение) to, into, in, at; влизам \в стаята go into the room, enter the room; пристигам \в София/\в хотела arrive in Sofia/at the hotel;
    3. ( време, времетраене) in, on, at; during, in the course of; \в бъдеще in the future; \в двадесетия век in/during the twentieth century; \в 10 часа at ten o’clock; \в 1970 г. in 1970; \в началото in the beginning; \в началото на април at the beginning of April; \в онези времена in those days; \в разстояние на една година in the course of a year; \в сряда on Wednesday; \в това време at that time, ( междувременно) meanwhile; веднъж \в седмицата/годината once (in) a week/a year;
    4. ( състояние) in; on; \в безсъзнание съм be in a (dead) faint, be unconscious; \в движение in motion; on the move; \в добро състояние in good health; \в покой in repose, at rest; motionless;
    5. ( начин, вид) in; into; on; \в галоп at a canter/gallop; \в заем on loan; влизам \в подробности go/enter into detail(s); \в множествено число in the plural; вървя \в крак keep in step; карам кон \в галоп ride full gallop; gallop a horse; облечен \в бяло dressed in white; пари взети \в заем borrowed money; плащам \в брой pay (in) cash; статуя \в естествена величина a life-size statue; стени, боядисани \в синьо walls painted blue;
    6. ( цел) in, on; \в заключение in conclusion; \в знак на уважение as a token of respect; \в името на in the name of; \в чест на in honour of; • \в действителност in reality, in fact, in point of fact; actually; във всеки случай at any rate; \в случай на in case of; \в случай че if, in case; \в частност in particular.
    * * *
    1. (в рамките на) within 2. (време, времетраене) in, on, at;during, in the course of 3. (движение) to, into, in;at 4. (за малки се нища) at 5. (място, сфера на действие) in, on;at 6. (начин 7. (състояние) in;on 8. (цел) in, on 9. 4 часа at ten o'clock 10. 5 год. in 11. 6;в кратко време in a short time 12. c шапка в ръка hat in hand 13. gallop a horse: влизам в подробности go/eater into detail(s) 14. в 15. в Боровец at Borovets 16. в Европа in Europe 17. в безсъзнание съм be in a (dead) faint, be unconscious 18. в бъдеще in the future 19. в галоп at a canter/gallop 20. в голямо количество in large quantities 21. в града in town 22. в двадесетия век in/during the twentieth century 23. в движение in motion;on the move 24. в действителност in reality, in fact. in point of fact;actually 25. в заем on loan, as a loan 26. в заключение in conclusion 27. в знак на уважение as a token of respect 28. в зрителното поле within sight 29. в името на in the name of 30. в интереса на някого in s.o.'s interest 31. в къщи at home 32. в множествено число in the plural 33. в началото in the beginning 34. в началото на април at the beginning of April, in early April 35. в началото на срока at the beginning of term 36. в общи черти in general outline, generally speaking 37. в онези времена in those days 38. в отговор на in reply to 39. в памет на in memory of 40. в паника съм be in a panic;panic 41. в покой in repose, at rest;motionless 42. в равновесие in equilibrium: в добро състояние in good health 43. в разстояние на една година in the course of a year 44. в случай на in case of 45. в случай, че if, in case 46. в сряда on Wednesday 47. в стаята/градината in the room/garden 48. в такова време in such weather 49. в това време at that time, (междувременно) meanwhile 50. в частност in particular 51. в чест на in honour of, влизам в изпълнение на задълженията си enter upon o.'s duties 52. веднаж в седмицата/годината once (in) a week,/a year 53. вид) in;into;on 54. влизам в стаята go into the room, enter the room 55. във всеки случай at any rate 56. във въздуха in the air 57. вървя в крак keep in step 58. драма в три действия a play in three acts, a three-act play 59. един камък го удари в челото a stone hit him on the forehead 60. затъмнение в белите дробове spots on the lungs 61. измервам нещо в градуси/проценти measure s.th. in degrees/percentages 62. изпращам в София send to Sofia 63. изчислено в левове calculated in levs 64. карам кон в галоп ride full gallop 65. налей вода в чашата pour some water into the glass 66. облечен в бяло dressed in white 67. отивам в града go to town 68. отивам си в къщи go home 69. отсядам в put up/stay at 70. пари взети в заем borrowed money 71. плащам в брой pay (in) cash 72. пристигам в София/в хотела arrive in Sofia/at the hotel 73. работя във фабрика work at a factory 74. сложи го в чантата си put it in(to) your bag 75. статуя в естествена величина а life size statue 76. стени боядисани в синьо walls painted blue 77. тумор в мозъка а tumor on the brain

    Български-английски речник > в

  • 63 fin

    m.
    1 end (final).
    dar o poner fin a algo to put an end to something
    tocar a su fin to come to a close
    a fines de at the end of
    al o por fin at last, finally
    a fin de cuentas after all
    al fin y al cabo after all
    al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back)
    en fin anyway
    en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again
    sin fin endless
    fin de fiesta grand finale
    fin de semana weekend
    2 aim, goal (objetivo).
    un fin en sí mismo an end in itself
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means
    con este fin with this aim, to this end
    a fin de in order to
    a fin de contener la inflación (in order) to keep inflation down
    3 purpose, objective, end, aim.
    * * *
    1 (final) end
    2 (objetivo) purpose, aim
    \
    a fin de in order to, so as to
    a fin de que so that
    a fines de at the end of
    al fin y al cabo when all's said and done
    ¡al fin! at last!
    con buen fin with good intentions
    con el fin de with the intention of
    con este fin with this aim
    dar fin a to put an end to
    en fin anyway
    llegar a su fin to come to an end
    no tener fin to be endless
    poner fin a to put an end to
    ¡por fin! at last!
    sin fin endless
    tocar a su fin to come to an end
    fin de fiesta grand finale
    fin de semana (tiempo) weekend 2 (bolsa) weekend bag
    (noche de) Fin de Año New Year's Eve
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) end
    2) aim, purpose
    •
    - por fin
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=final) end

    • fin de la cita — end of quote, unquote

    • dar fin a — [+ ceremonia, actuación] to bring to a close; [+ obra, libro] to finish; [+ guerra, conflicto] to bring to an end

    • llegar a buen fin — [aventura] to have a happy ending; [plan] to turn out well

    • llevar algo a buen fin — to bring sth to a successful conclusion

    • poner fin a algo — to end sth, put an end to sth

    esta ley pondrá fin a la discriminación sexual en el trabajo — this law will end o will put an end to sexual discrimination in the workplace

    • sin fin — endless

    fin de fiesta — (Teat) grand finale

    2)

    • a fines de — at the end of

    la crisis de fines del XIX — the crisis at the end of the 19th century, the late 19th century crisis

    3) [otras locuciones]
    a)

    • al fin, por fin — [gen] finally; [con más énfasis] at last

    tras varios días de marcha, por fin llegamos a la primera aldea — after several days' walk, we finally came to the first village

    ¡al fin solos! — alone at last!

    ¡por fin te decides a hacer algo! — at last you've decided to do something!

    • al fin y al cabo — after all

    tengo derecho a estar aquí: al fin y al cabo, soy parte de la familia — I have a right to stay here: after all, I am part of the family

    al fin y al cabo, lo que importa es que seguimos juntos — at the end of the day, what matters is that we're still together

    b)

    • en fin — [quitando importancia] anyway, oh, well; [para resumir] in short

    en fin, otro día seguiremos hablando del tema — anyway o oh, well, we will carry on discussing this another day

    ¡en fin, qué se le va a hacer! — anyway o oh, well, there's nothing we can do about it!

    hemos tenido bastantes problemas este año, pero en fin, seguimos adelante — we've had quite a few problems this year, but still o anyway, we're still going

    en fin, que no he tenido un momento de descanso — in short, I haven't had a moment's rest

    4) (=intención) aim

    ¿con qué fin se ha organizado esto? — what has been the aim in organizing this?

    • a fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

    a fin de que — + subjun so that, in order that frm

    se le ha citado como testigo a fin de que explique sus relaciones con el acusado — he has been called as a witness in order to explain o in order that he explain frm o so that he can explain his relationship with the defendant

    • con el fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

    • a tal fin — with this aim in mind, to this end

    5) (=propósito) purpose

    con fines experimentales/militares/políticos — for experimental/military/political purposes

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( final) end

    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

    no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

    por or al fin — at last

    en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

    en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

    repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

    a fin de cuentas — in the end, at the end of the day

    tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

    2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

    el fin de esta visita — the aim o purpose of this visit

    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

    a fin de que — (frml) in order to

    con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

    con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

    el fin justifica los medios — the end justifies the means

    * * *
    = aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.
    Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.
    Ex. The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.
    Ex. In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.
    Ex. Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.
    Ex. Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.
    Ex. The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.
    Ex. The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.
    Ex. The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.
    Ex. An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.
    ----
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.
    * al fin = at last, at long last.
    * al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.
    * cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.
    * de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.
    * durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.
    * fin de semana = weekend.
    * fines de semana, los = at weekends.
    * fines lucrativos = financial gain.
    * generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.
    * llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir un fin = pursue + end.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.
    * sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.
    * sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.
    * tecla de fin = End key.
    * tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( final) end

    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

    no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

    por or al fin — at last

    en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

    en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

    repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

    a fin de cuentas — in the end, at the end of the day

    tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

    2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

    el fin de esta visita — the aim o purpose of this visit

    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

    a fin de que — (frml) in order to

    con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

    con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

    el fin justifica los medios — the end justifies the means

    * * *
    = aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.
    Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.

    Ex: The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.

    Ex: In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.
    Ex: Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.
    Ex: Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.
    Ex: The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.
    Ex: The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.
    Ex: The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.
    Ex: An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.
    * al fin = at last, at long last.
    * al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.
    * cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.
    * de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.
    * durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.
    * fin de semana = weekend.
    * fines de semana, los = at weekends.
    * fines lucrativos = financial gain.
    * generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.
    * llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.
    * no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir un fin = pursue + end.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.
    * sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.
    * sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.
    * tecla de fin = End key.
    * tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.

    * * *
    A
    1 (final) end
    el fin de una época the end of an era
    a fines de junio at the end of June
    siempre cobramos a fin de mes we always get paid at the end of the month
    hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos until the end of time
    el fin del mundo the end of the world
    no es el fin del mundo ( fam); it's not the end of the world ( colloq)
    tuvo un triste fin he came to a sad end
    con esta noticia ponemos fin a la edición de hoy and that's the end of tonight's news, and with that we end tonight's news
    en un intento de poner fin a estos conflictos in an attempt to put an end to these conflicts
    un accidente aéreo puso fin a su vida he was killed in an aircrash
    puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion
    llevó la empresa a buen fin he brought the venture to a successful conclusion
    el verano ya llega a su fin summer is coming to an end
    [ S ] Fin The End
    2 ( en locs):
    por or al fin at last
    ¡al fin lo conseguí! at last I've done it!
    ¡por fin! hace media hora que te estoy llamando at last! I've been trying to reach you for the last half hour
    ¡por fin llegas! llevo horas esperando at last you've arrived! I've been waiting for hours
    en fin well
    en fin ¡qué se le va a hacer! ah well, what can you do?
    en fin que las cosas no andan muy bien all in all, things aren't going very well
    en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!
    a fin de cuentas: a fin de cuentas, lo que importa es el resultado at the end of the day, it's the result that counts
    a fin de cuentas, el que carga con la responsabilidad soy yo when it comes down to it o when all's said and done, I'm the one who has to take responsibility
    a fin de cuentas salimos ganando in the end we did well out of it
    al fin y al cabo: siempre lo disculpa, al fin y al cabo es su único hijo she always forgives him; after all, he is her only son
    es inútil darle consejos, al fin y al cabo hace siempre lo que quiere it's no good giving her advice, in the end she always does as she pleases
    tocar a su fin ( liter); to draw to a close o to an end
    Compuestos:
    New Year's Eve
    grand finale, finale
    2 ( Esp) (maletín) overnight bag o case
    B (objetivo, finalidad) purpose
    para fines pacíficos for peaceful ends o purposes
    el fin de esta visita the aim o objective o purpose of this visit
    esto constituye un fin en sí mismo this constitutes an end in itself
    una colecta con fines benéficos a collection for charity
    una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro a not-for-profit organization ( AmE), a non-profit-making organisation ( BrE)
    con este finor a este finor a tal fin ( frml); to this end ( frml), with this aim ( frml)
    con el fin de or a fin de ( frml); with the aim o purpose of
    a fin de que se cumpla el reglamento in order to ensure compliance with the rules
    salvo buen fin subject to clearance
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means
    * * *

     

    fin sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( final) end;


    a fin de mes at the end of the month;
    fin de año New Year's Eve;
    fin de semana ( sábado y domingo) weekend;
    puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion
    b) ( en locs) por or al fin at last;


    en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!;
    a fin de cuentas in the end, at the end of the day;
    al fin y al cabo after all
    2
    a) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose;

    ◊ el fin de esta visita the aim o purpose of this visit

    b) ( en locs)


    con este fin (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml);
    con el fin or a fin de (frml) with the aim o purpose of
    fin sustantivo masculino
    1 (final, término) end: ponle fin a esta situación, put an end to this situation
    fin de semana, weekend
    noche de Fin de Año, New Year's Eve
    2 (meta) purpose, aim
    con el fin de, with the aim of
    fin último, main aim
    ♦ Locuciones: a fin de, in order to, so as to
    a fin de que, in order that, so that
    al fin y al cabo, when all's said and done
    en fin, anyway
    ¡por o al fin!, at last!
    ' fin' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abonada
    - abonado
    - acción
    - acertar
    - acreditar
    - activa
    - activo
    - ajustar
    - aleta
    - amortización
    - aplazar
    - asiento
    - atraso
    - auditor
    - auditora
    - aunar
    - aval
    - baja
    - balance
    - bancarrota
    - banco
    - beneficio
    - bolsa
    - bono
    - cabo
    - caja
    - cambio
    - capital
    - carga
    - cargo
    - caudal
    - cédula
    - centavo
    - cien
    - cobertura
    - colocar
    - concurrencia
    - corona
    - corredor
    - corredora
    - corriente
    - cotizar
    - cotización
    - cotizarse
    - crac
    - crack
    - crédito
    - crisis
    - cuenta
    - curso
    English:
    account
    - accrue
    - advance
    - all
    - anywhere
    - appreciate
    - appreciation
    - Armageddon
    - arms control
    - asset
    - at
    - back
    - backer
    - backing
    - balance
    - balance sheet
    - bank
    - bankrupt
    - bear
    - beginning
    - bill
    - block
    - blue-chip
    - boil down
    - bond
    - bondholder
    - book
    - bottom line
    - bottom out
    - break
    - break down
    - breakdown
    - brokerage
    - building society
    - bull
    - bullish
    - buoyancy
    - buoyant
    - but
    - buyback
    - buyer
    - capital
    - capital reserves
    - capitalize
    - cause
    - charge
    - city
    - clearance
    - clearing
    - close
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [final] end;
    el fin del invierno the end of winter;
    “Fin” [en película] “The End”;
    dar o [m5] poner fin a algo to put an end to sth;
    un infarto puso fin a su vida she died from a heart attack;
    tocar a su fin to come to a close;
    a fines de at the end of;
    a fin de mes at the end of the month;
    conseguir llegar a fin de mes [económicamente] to manage to make ends meet;
    al o [m5] por fin at last, finally;
    ¡al o [m5] por fin hemos llegado! we've arrived, at last!;
    en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again;
    en fin, que si no te interesa, no lo compres well, if you don't want it, don't buy it;
    en fin, para resumir… anyway, to summarize…;
    sin fin endless;
    diversión sin fin no end of fun, endless fun;
    recibió un sin fin de regalos she got hundreds of presents;
    a fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo, al fin y a la postre after all
    fin de año [Nochevieja] New Year's Eve;
    voy a pasar el fin de año con la familia I'm going to stay with my family over New Year;
    nuestros resultados de fin de año our year end results;
    fin de curso [en colegio] end of the school year;
    [en universidad] end of the academic year;
    fin de fiesta grand finale;
    el fin del mundo the end of the world;
    anímate, no es el fin del mundo cheer up, it isn't the end of the world;
    al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back);
    fin de semana weekend
    2. [objetivo] aim, goal;
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;
    el fin último the ultimate goal;
    con este fin with this aim, to this end;
    una organización con fines benéficos a charity, a charitable organization;
    con fines lucrativos profit-making
    ♦ a fin de loc conj
    esfuérzate a fin de aprobar make an effort (in order) to try and pass;
    han subido los intereses a fin de contener la inflación they have raised interest rates (in order) to keep inflation down;
    compórtate bien a fin de que no te puedan reprochar nada behave well so (that) they can't reproach you for anything
    * * *
    m
    1 end;
    al o
    por fin finally, at last;
    a fines de mayo at the end of May;
    sin fin endless, never-ending;
    dar o
    poner fin a end, bring to an end; abuso, disputa put an end to;
    tocar a su fin draw to a close, come to an end
    2 ( objetivo) aim, purpose;
    con el fin de que acabemos a tiempo in order to finish on time, to ensure that we finish on time;
    el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;
    a fin de in order to
    :
    al fin y al cabo at the end of the day, after all;
    en fin anyway
    * * *
    fin nm
    1) : end
    2) : purpose, aim, objective
    3)
    en fin : in short
    4)
    fin de semana : weekend
    5)
    por fin : finally, at last
    * * *
    fin n
    1. (final) end
    2. (objetivo) purpose / aim
    a fin de to / in order to
    a fin de cuentas at the end of the day / when all's said and done
    al fin y al cabo in the end / after all
    en fin (bien) well (en resumen) in short / all in all

    Spanish-English dictionary > fin

  • 64 C

    C, c, n. indecl., or f., the third letter of the Latin alphabet; corresponded originally in sound to the Greek G (which in inscrr., esp. in the Doric, was frequently written like the Latin C; v. O. Müll. Etrusk. 2, p. 295); hence the old orthography: LECIONES, MACISTRATOS, EXFOCIONT, [pu]CNANDOD, PVC[nad], CARTACINIENSI, upon the Columna rostrata, for legiones, magistratos, effugiunt, pugnando, pugnā, Carthaginiensi; and the prænomina Gaius and Gnaeus, even to the latest times, were designated by C. and Cn., while Caeso or Kaeso was written with K; cf. the letter G. Still, even as early as the time of the kings, whether through the influence of the Tuscans, among whom G sounded like K, or of the. Sabines, whose language was kindred with that of the Tuscans, the C seems to have been substituted for K; hence even Consul was designated by Cos., and K remained in use only before a, as in Kalendae; k. k. for calumniae causā, INTERKAL for intercalaris, MERK for mercatus, and in a few other republican inscrr., because by this vowel K was distinguished from Q, as in Gr. Kappa from Koppa, and in Phœnician Caph from Cuph, while C was employed like other consonants with e. Q was used at the beginning of words only when u, pronounced like v, followed, as Quirites from Cures, Tanaquil from Thanchufil, Thanchfil, ThankWil; accordingly, C everywhere took the place of Q, when that accompanying labial sound was lost, or u was used as a vowel; so in the gentile name of Maecenas Cilnius, from the Etrusk. Cvelne or Cfelne (O. Müll. Etrusk. 1, p. 414 sq.); so in coctus, cocus, alicubi, sicubi; in relicŭŭs (four syl.) for reliquus (trisyl.): AECETIA = AEQITIA, i. q. aequitas (V. AECETIA), etc., and as in the Golden Age cujus was written for quojus, and cui for quoi (corresponding to cum for quom); thus, even in the most ancient period, quor or cur was used together with [p. 257] quare, cura with quaero, curia with Quiris, as inversely inquilinus with incola, and in S. C. Bacch. OQVOLTOD = occulto. Hence, at the end of words que, as well as ce in hic, sic, istic, illic, was changed to c, as in ac for atque, nec for neque, nunc, tunc, donec for numque, tumque, dumque; and in the middle of words it might also pass into g. as in negotium and neglego, cf. necopinus. Since C thus gradually took the place of K and Q, with the single exception that our kw was throughout designated by qu, it was strange that under the emperors grammarians began again to write k instead of c before a, though even Quint. 1, 7, 10, expressed his displeasure at this; and they afterwards wrote q before u, even when no labial sound followed, as in pequnia, or merely peqnia, for pecunia; cf. the letters Q and U. About the beginning of the sixth century of the city the modified form G was introduced for the flat guttural sound, and C thenceforth regularly represented the hard sound = our K. The use of aspirates was unknown to the Romans during the first six centuries, hence the letter C also represents the Gr. X, as BACA and BACANALIBVS, for Baccha and Bacchanalibus (the single C instead of the double, as regularly in the most ancient times); cf. also schizô with scindo, and poluchroos with pulcer. But even in the time of Cicero scheda came into use for scida, and pulcher for pulcer; so also the name of the Gracchi was aspirated, as were the name Cethegus and the word triumphus, which, however, in the song of the Arval brothers, is TRIVMPVS; cf. Cic. Or. 48, 160, and the letter P. About this time the use of aspirates became so common, in imitation of Greek, that Catullus wrote upon it an epigram (84), which begins with the words: Cho mmoda dicebat, si quando commoda vellet; and in Monum. Ancyr. inchoo is used for the orig. incoho, acc. to which the ancient Romans also employed cohors for chors (v. cohors).On account of the near relationship of c and g, as given above, they are very often interchanged, esp. when connected with liquids: Cygnus, Progne, Gnidus, Gnossus, from kuknos, Proknê, Knidos, Knôssos (even when n was separated from c by a vowel, as in Saguntum for Zakunthos, or absorbed by an s, as in vigesimus and trigesimus for vicensimus and tricensimus); mulgeo for mulceo, segmen from seco, gummi for commi (kommi); gurgulio for curculio, grabatus for krabatos, so that amurca was also written for amurga, from amorgê, as inversely conger for gonger, from gongros; but also with other letters; cf. mastruca and mastruga, misceo and misgô, mugio and mukaomai, gobius and kôbios, gubernator and kubernêtês. Not less freq. is the interchange of c and t, which is noticed by Quint. Inst. 1, 11, 5, and in accordance with which, in composition, d or t before qu, except with que, became c, as acquiro, nequicquam, iccirco for idcirco, ecquis for etquis, etc. Hence is explained the rejection of c before t, as in Lutatius for Luctatius, and the arbitrariness with which many names were written with cc or tt for ct, as Vettones for Vectones; Nacca or Natta for Nacta (from the Gr. gnaptô). It would be erroneouś to infer, from the varied orthography of the names' Accius, Attius, and Actius, or Peccius, Pettius, and Pectius, a hissing pronunciation of them; for as the Romans interchange the terminations icius and itius, and the orthography fetialis and fecialis, indutiae and induciae, with one another, they also wrote Basculi or Bastuli, anclare or antlare, etc. Ci for ti does not appear till an African inscr. of the third century after Christ, and not often before Gallic inscrr. and documents of the seventh century; ti for ci is not certainly found before the end of the fourth century; and ci before a vowel does not appear to have been pronounced as sh, except provincially, before the sixth or seventh century; cf. Roby, Gr. bk. 1, ch. 7; and so in gen., Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 33 sqq. C is sometimes interchanged with p: columba, palumbes; coquus, popa, popina (cf. in Gr. koteros; Sanscr. katara; poteros; Lat. uter). C is sometimes dropped in the middle of a word: luna for luc-na, lumen for luc-men; so also at the beginning of a word: uter for cuter; Sanscr. katara, v. supra.As an abbreviation, C designates Gaius, and reversed, O, Gaia; cf. Quint. 1, 7, 28. As a numeral, C = centum, and upon voting tablets = condemno, Ascon. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24; cf. the letter A fin.;

    hence it is called littera tristis (opp. A = absolvo, which is called littera salutaris),

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15 Moeb.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > C

  • 65 c

    C, c, n. indecl., or f., the third letter of the Latin alphabet; corresponded originally in sound to the Greek G (which in inscrr., esp. in the Doric, was frequently written like the Latin C; v. O. Müll. Etrusk. 2, p. 295); hence the old orthography: LECIONES, MACISTRATOS, EXFOCIONT, [pu]CNANDOD, PVC[nad], CARTACINIENSI, upon the Columna rostrata, for legiones, magistratos, effugiunt, pugnando, pugnā, Carthaginiensi; and the prænomina Gaius and Gnaeus, even to the latest times, were designated by C. and Cn., while Caeso or Kaeso was written with K; cf. the letter G. Still, even as early as the time of the kings, whether through the influence of the Tuscans, among whom G sounded like K, or of the. Sabines, whose language was kindred with that of the Tuscans, the C seems to have been substituted for K; hence even Consul was designated by Cos., and K remained in use only before a, as in Kalendae; k. k. for calumniae causā, INTERKAL for intercalaris, MERK for mercatus, and in a few other republican inscrr., because by this vowel K was distinguished from Q, as in Gr. Kappa from Koppa, and in Phœnician Caph from Cuph, while C was employed like other consonants with e. Q was used at the beginning of words only when u, pronounced like v, followed, as Quirites from Cures, Tanaquil from Thanchufil, Thanchfil, ThankWil; accordingly, C everywhere took the place of Q, when that accompanying labial sound was lost, or u was used as a vowel; so in the gentile name of Maecenas Cilnius, from the Etrusk. Cvelne or Cfelne (O. Müll. Etrusk. 1, p. 414 sq.); so in coctus, cocus, alicubi, sicubi; in relicŭŭs (four syl.) for reliquus (trisyl.): AECETIA = AEQITIA, i. q. aequitas (V. AECETIA), etc., and as in the Golden Age cujus was written for quojus, and cui for quoi (corresponding to cum for quom); thus, even in the most ancient period, quor or cur was used together with [p. 257] quare, cura with quaero, curia with Quiris, as inversely inquilinus with incola, and in S. C. Bacch. OQVOLTOD = occulto. Hence, at the end of words que, as well as ce in hic, sic, istic, illic, was changed to c, as in ac for atque, nec for neque, nunc, tunc, donec for numque, tumque, dumque; and in the middle of words it might also pass into g. as in negotium and neglego, cf. necopinus. Since C thus gradually took the place of K and Q, with the single exception that our kw was throughout designated by qu, it was strange that under the emperors grammarians began again to write k instead of c before a, though even Quint. 1, 7, 10, expressed his displeasure at this; and they afterwards wrote q before u, even when no labial sound followed, as in pequnia, or merely peqnia, for pecunia; cf. the letters Q and U. About the beginning of the sixth century of the city the modified form G was introduced for the flat guttural sound, and C thenceforth regularly represented the hard sound = our K. The use of aspirates was unknown to the Romans during the first six centuries, hence the letter C also represents the Gr. X, as BACA and BACANALIBVS, for Baccha and Bacchanalibus (the single C instead of the double, as regularly in the most ancient times); cf. also schizô with scindo, and poluchroos with pulcer. But even in the time of Cicero scheda came into use for scida, and pulcher for pulcer; so also the name of the Gracchi was aspirated, as were the name Cethegus and the word triumphus, which, however, in the song of the Arval brothers, is TRIVMPVS; cf. Cic. Or. 48, 160, and the letter P. About this time the use of aspirates became so common, in imitation of Greek, that Catullus wrote upon it an epigram (84), which begins with the words: Cho mmoda dicebat, si quando commoda vellet; and in Monum. Ancyr. inchoo is used for the orig. incoho, acc. to which the ancient Romans also employed cohors for chors (v. cohors).On account of the near relationship of c and g, as given above, they are very often interchanged, esp. when connected with liquids: Cygnus, Progne, Gnidus, Gnossus, from kuknos, Proknê, Knidos, Knôssos (even when n was separated from c by a vowel, as in Saguntum for Zakunthos, or absorbed by an s, as in vigesimus and trigesimus for vicensimus and tricensimus); mulgeo for mulceo, segmen from seco, gummi for commi (kommi); gurgulio for curculio, grabatus for krabatos, so that amurca was also written for amurga, from amorgê, as inversely conger for gonger, from gongros; but also with other letters; cf. mastruca and mastruga, misceo and misgô, mugio and mukaomai, gobius and kôbios, gubernator and kubernêtês. Not less freq. is the interchange of c and t, which is noticed by Quint. Inst. 1, 11, 5, and in accordance with which, in composition, d or t before qu, except with que, became c, as acquiro, nequicquam, iccirco for idcirco, ecquis for etquis, etc. Hence is explained the rejection of c before t, as in Lutatius for Luctatius, and the arbitrariness with which many names were written with cc or tt for ct, as Vettones for Vectones; Nacca or Natta for Nacta (from the Gr. gnaptô). It would be erroneouś to infer, from the varied orthography of the names' Accius, Attius, and Actius, or Peccius, Pettius, and Pectius, a hissing pronunciation of them; for as the Romans interchange the terminations icius and itius, and the orthography fetialis and fecialis, indutiae and induciae, with one another, they also wrote Basculi or Bastuli, anclare or antlare, etc. Ci for ti does not appear till an African inscr. of the third century after Christ, and not often before Gallic inscrr. and documents of the seventh century; ti for ci is not certainly found before the end of the fourth century; and ci before a vowel does not appear to have been pronounced as sh, except provincially, before the sixth or seventh century; cf. Roby, Gr. bk. 1, ch. 7; and so in gen., Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 33 sqq. C is sometimes interchanged with p: columba, palumbes; coquus, popa, popina (cf. in Gr. koteros; Sanscr. katara; poteros; Lat. uter). C is sometimes dropped in the middle of a word: luna for luc-na, lumen for luc-men; so also at the beginning of a word: uter for cuter; Sanscr. katara, v. supra.As an abbreviation, C designates Gaius, and reversed, O, Gaia; cf. Quint. 1, 7, 28. As a numeral, C = centum, and upon voting tablets = condemno, Ascon. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24; cf. the letter A fin.;

    hence it is called littera tristis (opp. A = absolvo, which is called littera salutaris),

    Cic. Mil. 6, 15 Moeb.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > c

  • 66 introducir

    v.
    1 to put in, to insert (meter) (llave, carta).
    introduzca su número secreto enter your PIN number
    2 to bring in, to introduce.
    una banda que introduce droga en el país a gang smuggling drugs into the country
    Ella introdujo la madera She introduced=inserted the wood.
    Ella introdujo a la nueva secretaria She introduced the new secretary.
    Ella introdujo la nueva técnica She introduced the new technique.
    Ella introdujo su nuevo producto She introduced her new product.
    Ella introdujo al plomero She introduced=ushered in the plumber.
    3 to enter, to type in.
    El chico introdujo los datos The boy entered=typed in the data.
    4 to slip in.
    5 to be inserted in, to be introduced in.
    Se te introduce una aguja A needle is inserted in you.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ CONDUCIR], like link=conducir conducir
    1 (gen) to introduce; (legislación) to introduce, bring in; (cambios) to make (en, to)
    2 (meter) to put, place; (insertar) insert
    3 (importar) to bring in, import; (clandestinamente) to smuggle in
    1 (entrar) to go in, get in, enter
    \
    introducir modificaciones/novedades/cambios en algo to modify something, make changes to something
    * * *
    verb
    3) input, insert
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=meter)
    a) [+ mano, pie] to put, place (en in(to))
    [+ moneda, llave] to put, insert (en in(to))

    introdujo los pies en el agua — he put o placed his feet in(to) the water

    introduzca la moneda/el disquete en la ranura — insert the coin/the diskette in(to) the slot

    b) [+ enfermedad, mercancías] to bring (en into)
    introduce (en into) [+ contrabando, droga] to bring (en in(to))

    introducir algo en el mercado — to bring sth onto the market, introduce sth into the market

    c)

    introducir a algn en — [+ habitación] to show sb into; [+ situación real] to introduce sb to; [+ situación irreal] to transport sb to

    2) (=empezar) [+ cultivo, ley, método] to introduce

    para introducir el tema, empezaré hablando de política exterior — to introduce the subject, I'll begin by discussing foreign policy

    introducir la ley del divorcio causó muchos problemas — the introduction of the divorce law caused many problems, introducing the divorce law was very problematic

    3) (=realizar) [+ medidas, reformas] to bring in, introduce

    quieren introducir cambios en la legislación — they want to make changes to the current legislation, they want to introduce changes into the current legislation

    las reformas se introducirán gradualmente a lo largo de los próximos tres años — the reforms will be phased in over the next three years, the reforms will be brought in o introduced gradually over the next three years

    4) (Inform) [+ datos] to input, enter
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <llave/moneda> to insert
    2)
    a) <cambios/medidas/ley> to introduce, bring in
    b) <contrabando/drogas> to bring in, smuggle in
    3)
    a) (presentar, iniciar) to introduce
    2.
    introducirse v pron
    a) ( meterse)
    b) persona to gain access to
    c) ( entrar en uso) modato come in
    d) ( hacerse conocido) to become known
    * * *
    = enter, feed, input, insert, introduce, key in, load into, put in, put into, read in, usher in, inaugurate, carry in, slip in between, roll out.
    Ex. Entry of an 'e' for end will bring back the screen shown in Figure 23 where you can make another choice or enter 'e' for end.
    Ex. The computer merely needs to be fed with the source documents and their citation, and with the appropriate software, will generate the indexes.
    Ex. Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.
    Ex. Gaps are left in the apportionment of notation in order to permit new subjects to be inserted.
    Ex. The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.
    Ex. The advantage is that information does not have to be keyed in.
    Ex. Multiple copies of the catalogue or index in the conventional sense are not required, but the data base can be copied and loaded into various computer systems.
    Ex. For those of you who are not familiar with OCLC and the way we work the data base is not a vast receptacle into which we throw any kind of record that anybody wants to put in.
    Ex. If the bibliographic record is found, it can be put into the system catalog immediately.
    Ex. Light pens can be used to read in data from bar codes on borrowers' cards, books, records, audio-visual materials.
    Ex. Optical technology has ushered in a new phase in the storage and retrieval of information.
    Ex. In the beginning staff delivered books to readers in their homes, while in 1972 a mobile library service was inaugurated enabling readers to choose their own materials.
    Ex. The first printing presses had two moving parts: the carriage assembly, which carried the type and paper in and out of the press, and the impression assembly, by means of which the paper was pressed down on to the inked type.
    Ex. At all periods, but uncommonly before the eighteenth century, the lines of type might be 'leaded', thin strips of typemetal, reglet, or card being slipped in between each one.
    Ex. I don't need to tell those of you from higher education institutions how course management systems are starting to really proliferate and roll out in higher education.
    ----
    * introducir a golpes = hammer into.
    * introducir Algo/Alguien en = usher + Nombre + into.
    * introducir Algo en = take + Nombre + into.
    * introducir arrastrando = haul in.
    * introducir datos = key + data.
    * introducir datos en el ordenador = input.
    * introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.
    * introducir de contrabando = smuggle in.
    * introducir de nuevo = re-enter [reenter].
    * introducir en = merge into.
    * introducir escalonadamente = spiral.
    * introducir gradualmente = phase in.
    * introducir ilegalmente = smuggle in.
    * introducir información = provide + input.
    * introducir mediante el teclado = keyboard.
    * introducir mejoras = make + improvements.
    * introducir poco a poco a = filter through to.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * introducir progresivamente = spiral.
    * introducirse = creep (up) (in/into), enter into, make + Posesivo + way (into/onto).
    * introducirse completamente en = immerse + Reflexivo + in.
    * introducirse en = insinuate + Posesivo + way through, insinuate + Reflexivo + (into), insinuate into.
    * introducirse poco a poco = ease + Reflexivo + in.
    * introducirse sigilosamente = creep up on.
    * introducir tirando = haul in.
    * introducir un cambio = bring + change.
    * volver a introducir = re-enter [reenter], reintroduce, reinsert.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <llave/moneda> to insert
    2)
    a) <cambios/medidas/ley> to introduce, bring in
    b) <contrabando/drogas> to bring in, smuggle in
    3)
    a) (presentar, iniciar) to introduce
    2.
    introducirse v pron
    a) ( meterse)
    b) persona to gain access to
    c) ( entrar en uso) modato come in
    d) ( hacerse conocido) to become known
    * * *
    = enter, feed, input, insert, introduce, key in, load into, put in, put into, read in, usher in, inaugurate, carry in, slip in between, roll out.

    Ex: Entry of an 'e' for end will bring back the screen shown in Figure 23 where you can make another choice or enter 'e' for end.

    Ex: The computer merely needs to be fed with the source documents and their citation, and with the appropriate software, will generate the indexes.
    Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.
    Ex: Gaps are left in the apportionment of notation in order to permit new subjects to be inserted.
    Ex: The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.
    Ex: The advantage is that information does not have to be keyed in.
    Ex: Multiple copies of the catalogue or index in the conventional sense are not required, but the data base can be copied and loaded into various computer systems.
    Ex: For those of you who are not familiar with OCLC and the way we work the data base is not a vast receptacle into which we throw any kind of record that anybody wants to put in.
    Ex: If the bibliographic record is found, it can be put into the system catalog immediately.
    Ex: Light pens can be used to read in data from bar codes on borrowers' cards, books, records, audio-visual materials.
    Ex: Optical technology has ushered in a new phase in the storage and retrieval of information.
    Ex: In the beginning staff delivered books to readers in their homes, while in 1972 a mobile library service was inaugurated enabling readers to choose their own materials.
    Ex: The first printing presses had two moving parts: the carriage assembly, which carried the type and paper in and out of the press, and the impression assembly, by means of which the paper was pressed down on to the inked type.
    Ex: At all periods, but uncommonly before the eighteenth century, the lines of type might be 'leaded', thin strips of typemetal, reglet, or card being slipped in between each one.
    Ex: I don't need to tell those of you from higher education institutions how course management systems are starting to really proliferate and roll out in higher education.
    * introducir a golpes = hammer into.
    * introducir Algo/Alguien en = usher + Nombre + into.
    * introducir Algo en = take + Nombre + into.
    * introducir arrastrando = haul in.
    * introducir datos = key + data.
    * introducir datos en el ordenador = input.
    * introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.
    * introducir de contrabando = smuggle in.
    * introducir de nuevo = re-enter [reenter].
    * introducir en = merge into.
    * introducir escalonadamente = spiral.
    * introducir gradualmente = phase in.
    * introducir ilegalmente = smuggle in.
    * introducir información = provide + input.
    * introducir mediante el teclado = keyboard.
    * introducir mejoras = make + improvements.
    * introducir poco a poco a = filter through to.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * introducir progresivamente = spiral.
    * introducirse = creep (up) (in/into), enter into, make + Posesivo + way (into/onto).
    * introducirse completamente en = immerse + Reflexivo + in.
    * introducirse en = insinuate + Posesivo + way through, insinuate + Reflexivo + (into), insinuate into.
    * introducirse poco a poco = ease + Reflexivo + in.
    * introducirse sigilosamente = creep up on.
    * introducir tirando = haul in.
    * introducir un cambio = bring + change.
    * volver a introducir = re-enter [reenter], reintroduce, reinsert.

    * * *
    introducir [I6 ]
    vt
    A (meter) introducir algo EN algo:
    introdujo la papeleta en la urna he put his ballot paper in o into the ballot box, he placed his ballot paper in the ballot box
    introducir la moneda en la ranura insert the coin in the slot
    introdujo la llave en la cerradura he put o inserted the key in o into the lock
    introducir un cuchillo en el centro del pastel insert a knife into the middle of the cake
    B
    1 ‹cambios/medidas/ley› to introduce, bring in, institute ( frml) introducir algo EN algo:
    se introdujo una modificación en el reglamento a change was made in the rules
    fue introducida en Europa en el siglo XVI it was introduced o brought into Europe in the 16th century
    quieren introducir un nuevo producto en el mercado they plan to introduce a new product into o bring a new product onto the market
    2 ‹contrabando/drogas› to bring in, smuggle in
    un solo perro podría introducir la enfermedad en el país a single dog could bring o introduce the disease into the country
    C
    1 (presentar, iniciar) to introduce
    estas tres notas introducen el nuevo tema musical these three notes introduce the new theme
    2 ‹persona› (a una actividad) introducir a algn A algo to introduce sb TO sth
    fue él quien me introdujo a la lectura de los clásicos it was he who introduced me to the classics
    3 (en un ambiente) introducir a algn EN algo:
    su música nos introduce en un mundo mágico his music transports us to a magical world
    el escritor nos introduce en la Francia del siglo pasado the writer takes us back to the France of the last century
    1
    (meterse): el agua se introducía por las ranuras the water was coming in o was seeping through the cracks
    la moneda rodó hasta introducirse por una grieta the coin rolled along and dropped down a crack
    2 «persona» to gain access to
    se introdujeron en el banco por un túnel they gained access to o got into the bank via a tunnel
    3
    «ideas/costumbres/moda»: introducirse EN algo: ideas foráneas que se introdujeron poco a poco en nuestra sociedad foreign ideas which gradually found their way into our society
    su obra se introdujo en México a través de las traducciones de Sanz his works became known in Mexico through Sanz's translations
    * * *

     

    introducir ( conjugate introducir) verbo transitivo
    1 ( en general) to put … in;
    ‹ moneda› to insert;
    introducir algo en algo to put sth into sth;
    ‹ moneda› to insert sth in sth
    2
    a) ‹cambios/medidas/ley› to introduce, bring in;

    ‹ producto› to introduce
    b) ‹contrabando/drogas› to bring in, smuggle in

    3 ( presentar) ‹acto/cantante› to introduce
    introducirse verbo pronominal



    [ costumbre] to be introduced
    c) ( hacerse conocido) [escritor/actor] to become known

    introducir verbo transitivo
    1 to introduce: su padre lo introdujo en la política, his father introduced him to politics
    2 (meter) to insert, put in: introduzca una moneda, por favor, please insert coin
    ' introducir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    deslizar
    - embutir
    - iniciar
    - pasar
    - sonda
    - meter
    English:
    bring in
    - dread
    - feed
    - input
    - insert
    - introduce
    - jam in
    - key in
    - opportunity
    - pack in
    - phase
    - promise
    - put in
    - stick in
    - well
    - work in
    - bring
    - float
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [meter] [llave, carta] to put in, to insert;
    Informát [datos] to input, to enter;
    introdujo la moneda en la ranura she put o inserted the coin in the slot;
    introdujo la carta en el sobre he put the letter in the envelope;
    introduzca su número secreto enter your PIN number
    2. [conducir] [persona] to show in;
    introdujo a los visitantes en la sala de espera she showed the visitors into the waiting room
    3. [en película, novela] to introduce;
    en su última obra el autor introduce a dos nuevos personajes in his latest work the author introduces two new characters
    4. [medidas, ley] to introduce, to bring in;
    introdujeron un plan para combatir el desempleo they introduced o brought in a scheme to combat unemployment;
    piensan introducir cambios en la ley they are planning to make changes to the law
    5. [mercancías] to bring in, to introduce;
    los españoles introdujeron los caballos en América the Spanish introduced horses to America;
    una banda que introduce droga en el país a gang smuggling drugs into the country;
    fue él quien introdujo las ideas revolucionarias en el país it was he who introduced o brought revolutionary ideas to the country
    6. [dar a conocer]
    introducir a alguien en to introduce sb to;
    la introdujo en el mundo de la moda he introduced her to the world of fashion;
    nos introdujo en los principios básicos de la astronomía he introduced us to the basic principles of astronomy
    * * *
    v/t
    1 introduce
    2 ( meter) insert
    3 INFOR input
    * * *
    introducir {61} vt
    1) : to introduce
    2) : to bring in
    3) : to insert
    4) : to input, to enter
    * * *
    1. (meter) to insert / to put in [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (aplicar) to introduce / to bring in [pt. & pp. brought]

    Spanish-English dictionary > introducir

  • 67 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 68 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 69 precedente

    adj.
    previous, preceding.
    m.
    precedent.
    sentar precedente to set a precedent
    sin precedentes unprecedented
    * * *
    1 preceding
    1 precedent
    \
    sentar precedente to set a precedent
    servir de precedente to set a precedent
    ■ hoy puedes salir, pero que no sirva de precedente you can go out today, but don't make a habit of it
    sin precedente without precedent, unprecedented
    * * *
    1. adj.
    preceding, previous
    2. noun m.
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ preceding, previous, foregoing frm
    2.

    establecer o sentar un precedente — to set a precedent

    sin precedente(s) — (=sin antecedentes) unprecedented, without precedent; (=sin igual) unparalleled

    por primera vez y sin que sirva de precedente, voy a seguir tu consejo — just this once, I'll follow your advice

    * * *
    I
    adjetivo previous
    II
    masculino precedent

    sentar precedentes or (un) precedente — to set a precedent

    * * *
    = precedent, preceding, beginning, foregoing.
    Ex. During the earlier part of the nineteenth century, American printers largely followed English precedents, as they had done throughout the eighteenth.
    Ex. Because the assumption in this method is that none of the preceding years' operations are worth continuing unless they can be shown to be necessary, zero-based budgeting (ZZB) can be useful for paring out the deadwood of obsolete or uselessly extravagant programs.
    Ex. In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.
    Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    ----
    * que sienta precedente = landmark.
    * relativo a un precedente = precedential.
    * sentar precedente = provide + precedent for, set + precedent.
    * sin precedente = unparalleled, unexampled.
    * sin precedentes = unprecedented, record breaking, record-high, all-time.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo previous
    II
    masculino precedent

    sentar precedentes or (un) precedente — to set a precedent

    * * *
    = precedent, preceding, beginning, foregoing.

    Ex: During the earlier part of the nineteenth century, American printers largely followed English precedents, as they had done throughout the eighteenth.

    Ex: Because the assumption in this method is that none of the preceding years' operations are worth continuing unless they can be shown to be necessary, zero-based budgeting (ZZB) can be useful for paring out the deadwood of obsolete or uselessly extravagant programs.
    Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.
    Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.
    * que sienta precedente = landmark.
    * relativo a un precedente = precedential.
    * sentar precedente = provide + precedent for, set + precedent.
    * sin precedente = unparalleled, unexampled.
    * sin precedentes = unprecedented, record breaking, record-high, all-time.

    * * *
    previous
    el gobierno precedente ya lo había intentado the previous government had already tried
    los días precedentes a su muerte the days leading up to o preceding his death
    las ideas expresadas en el capítulo precedente the ideas set out in the preceding chapter
    precedent
    sentar precedentes or (un) precedente to set a precedent
    bueno, pero que esto no sirva de precedente all right, but I don't want this to become a regular occurrence
    fue un caso sin precedentes it was an unprecedented case
    * * *

    precedente adjetivo
    previous
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    precedent;

    precedente
    I adjetivo previous
    II sustantivo masculino precedent: es una decisión sin precedentes, it's an unprecedented decision
    sentar un precedente, to set a precedent

    ' precedente' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    jurisprudencia
    - sentar
    - antecedente
    - establecer
    - inédito
    English:
    precedent
    - preceding
    - in
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    previous, preceding;
    en años precedentes in previous years
    ♦ nm
    precedent;
    sentar (un) precedente to set a precedent;
    que no sirva de precedente this is not to become a regular occurrence;
    sin precedentes unprecedented
    * * *
    I adj previous
    II m precedent;
    sin precedentes unprecedented, without precedent;
    sentar un precedente set a precedent
    * * *
    : preceding, previous
    : precedent

    Spanish-English dictionary > precedente

  • 70 remontarse a

    v.
    to go back to, to date back to, to date back from.
    * * *
    * * *
    (v.) = date back to + Expresión Temporal, trace back to, be traced to, go back to/for + Tiempo, date from + Expresión Temporal, go + (as/so) far back as + Expresión Temporal, trace + Nombre + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, date + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, extend + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, be traceable to, hark(en) back to, stretch back to
    Ex. The roots of these problems data back to the 60s' with a failure to establish an efficient centralised information system.
    Ex. The problem of inadequate citation of conference papers can usually be traced back to authors of papers or books who cite conference papers they have heard or read by somewhat laconic statements of the name of the author/presenter of the paper.
    Ex. The organizational structure of Spain's libraries can be traced to the 19th century and shows a strong French influence.
    Ex. The sound rule that the librarian must not dispense medical or legal advice goes back at least a hundred years, having been clearly prescribed in Samuel S Green's pioneer paper of 1876.
    Ex. Lithography as a printing process dates from the 19th century.
    Ex. This work is somewhat deceptively titled in that the only theses going as far back as 1716 are those few listed for Glasgow University.
    Ex. Modern abstracting can be traced at least as far back as the beginning of printing, and with a liberal definition of the term, much farther than that.
    Ex. Citation indexing originated with 'tables of cases cited', which date at least as far back as 1743.
    Ex. Interpretations of early Egyptian papyri, extending as far back as 1300 B.C., indicate that the bureaucratic states of antiquity recognized the importance of organization and administration.
    Ex. The tradition associating this rare medieval clerical undergarment with the English martyr is traceable to the late 14th or early 15th c.
    Ex. The third point is one that harks back to the chapter on peer influences.
    Ex. The story of disjointness stretches back to the dawn of communication complexity.
    * * *
    (v.) = date back to + Expresión Temporal, trace back to, be traced to, go back to/for + Tiempo, date from + Expresión Temporal, go + (as/so) far back as + Expresión Temporal, trace + Nombre + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, date + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, extend + as far back as + Expresión Temporal, be traceable to, hark(en) back to, stretch back to

    Ex: The roots of these problems data back to the 60s' with a failure to establish an efficient centralised information system.

    Ex: The problem of inadequate citation of conference papers can usually be traced back to authors of papers or books who cite conference papers they have heard or read by somewhat laconic statements of the name of the author/presenter of the paper.
    Ex: The organizational structure of Spain's libraries can be traced to the 19th century and shows a strong French influence.
    Ex: The sound rule that the librarian must not dispense medical or legal advice goes back at least a hundred years, having been clearly prescribed in Samuel S Green's pioneer paper of 1876.
    Ex: Lithography as a printing process dates from the 19th century.
    Ex: This work is somewhat deceptively titled in that the only theses going as far back as 1716 are those few listed for Glasgow University.
    Ex: Modern abstracting can be traced at least as far back as the beginning of printing, and with a liberal definition of the term, much farther than that.
    Ex: Citation indexing originated with 'tables of cases cited', which date at least as far back as 1743.
    Ex: Interpretations of early Egyptian papyri, extending as far back as 1300 B.C., indicate that the bureaucratic states of antiquity recognized the importance of organization and administration.
    Ex: The tradition associating this rare medieval clerical undergarment with the English martyr is traceable to the late 14th or early 15th c.
    Ex: The third point is one that harks back to the chapter on peer influences.
    Ex: The story of disjointness stretches back to the dawn of communication complexity.

    Spanish-English dictionary > remontarse a

  • 71 molesto

    adj.
    1 annoying, cumbersome, bothersome, embarrassing.
    2 upset, irritated, angry, annoyed.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: molestar.
    * * *
    1 annoying, troublesome
    2 (enfadado) annoyed
    3 (incómodo) uncomfortable
    4 MEDICINA sore
    ■ los puntos ya han cicatrizado, pero todavía está molesto the stitches have healed, but he's still sore
    \
    estar molesto,-a con alguien to be upset with somebody
    ser molesto to be a nuisance
    * * *
    (f. - molesta)
    adj.
    1) annoyed, bothered
    2) annoying, bothersome
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=que causa molestia) [tos, picor, ruido, persona] irritating, annoying; [olor, síntoma] unpleasant

    es sumamente molesto que... — it's extremely irritating o annoying that...

    lo único molesto es el viaje — the only nuisance is the journey, the only annoying thing is the journey

    2) (=que incomoda) [asiento, ropa] uncomfortable; [tarea] annoying; [situación] awkward, embarrassing
    3) (=incómodo) [persona] uncomfortable

    me sentía molesto en la fiesta — I felt uneasy o uncomfortable at the party

    me siento molesto cada vez que me hace un regalo — I feel awkward o embarrassed whenever she gives me a present

    4) (=enfadado) [persona] annoyed

    ¿estás molesto conmigo por lo que dije? — are you annoyed at me for what I said?

    5) (=disgustado) [persona] upset

    ¿estás molesta por algo que haya pasado? — are you upset about something that's happened?

    * * *
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) [SER] ( fastidioso) <ruido/tos> annoying, irritating; <sensación/síntoma> unpleasant

    resulta molesto tener que viajar con tantos bultos — it's a nuisance o it's very inconvenient having to travel with so much baggage

    b) [ESTAR] (incómodo, dolorido)
    c) [SER] (violento, embarazoso) awkward, embarrassing
    2) [ESTAR] ( ofendido) upset; ( irritado) annoyed

    está muy molesto por lo que hiciste — he's very upset/annoyed about what you did

    * * *
    = annoying, cumbersome, onerous, uncomfortable, uneasy, vexatious, irksome, vexing, untoward, disruptive, gnawing, pesky [peskier -comp., peskiest -sup.], distracting, off-putting, ill-at-ease, nagging, obtrusive, importunate, bothersome, exasperated, niggling, miffed, troublesome.
    Ex. Inconsistencies are mostly merely annoying, although it can be difficult to be sure whether a group of citations which look similar all relate to the same document.
    Ex. Any shelf arrangement systems which do not permit ready location of specific documents are cumbersome for the user or member of staff seeking a specific document.
    Ex. Sub-arrangement under an entry term can alleviate the onerous task of scanning long lists of entries under the same keyword.
    Ex. And making matters worse, this uncomfortable group sat in a suburban sitting-room flooded with afternoon sunlight like dutifully polite guests at a formal coffee party.
    Ex. Hawthorne gave an uneasy laugh, which was merely the outlet for her disappointment.
    Ex. It is undeniable that the ripest crop of vexatious litigants, pyramidologists, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex. The old common press was a brilliant and deservedly successful invention, but by the end of the eighteenth century its limitations were beginning to seem irksome.
    Ex. Knowing precisely who is responsible for specific library services and who will make decisions relieves the uncertainty that can be particularly vexing to a neophyte (and paralyzing to library services).
    Ex. Make sure everyone involved is aware of timetable and room changes and any other administrative abnormalities; and as far as possible prevent any untoward interruptions.
    Ex. The crisis in South African education -- particularly black education -- has resulted from the disruptive effects of apartheid.
    Ex. the underlying mood of the movement is a gnawing impatience with the system.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'Small solutions to everyday problems: those pesky URLs'.
    Ex. I think that Mr. Scilken's point was that there's so much material on the traditional three-by-five card that it's less useful, that it's distracting, in fact, and does a disservice to the public library.
    Ex. Some children are prepared to patronize the shop, and use it in quite a different way, when they find the library (however well run) stuffy or off-putting.
    Ex. One quite serious barrier to improvement is the reluctance of users to tell librarians of their feelings, but perhaps it is expecting too much of them to complain that they are ill-at-ease.
    Ex. With inflated prices, the nagging question was whether consumers were being bilked by the market.
    Ex. But the present revision, incorporating ISBD, will literally clutter the entries with obtrusive redundancies and esoterics that will only obscure the content of the entries and obstruct the use of the catalog.
    Ex. She concludes that this problem probes the importunate boundaries separating man from beast and the natural from the monstrous.
    Ex. He shows a masterly command of imagery throughout, but his style has always left little margin for error, and the errors here are bothersome.
    Ex. He was drumming on his desk with exasperated fingers, his mouth quirked at the corners, as if saying: 'Wriggle out of that!'.
    Ex. I always have this niggling doubt about companies that don't provide a telephone number on their websites.
    Ex. These are just superfluous rantings of miffed children.
    Ex. Measures to prevent such incidents include fitting burglar alarms in libraries and taking quick and decisive action against troublesome users.
    ----
    * comportamiento molesto = disruptive behaviour.
    * de un modo molesto = annoyingly.
    * espíritu molesto = poltergeist.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.
    * ser algo molesto = be a thorn in + Posesivo + side.
    * ser molesto = be disturbing.
    * verdad molesta = inconvenient truth.
    * * *
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) [SER] ( fastidioso) <ruido/tos> annoying, irritating; <sensación/síntoma> unpleasant

    resulta molesto tener que viajar con tantos bultos — it's a nuisance o it's very inconvenient having to travel with so much baggage

    b) [ESTAR] (incómodo, dolorido)
    c) [SER] (violento, embarazoso) awkward, embarrassing
    2) [ESTAR] ( ofendido) upset; ( irritado) annoyed

    está muy molesto por lo que hiciste — he's very upset/annoyed about what you did

    * * *
    = annoying, cumbersome, onerous, uncomfortable, uneasy, vexatious, irksome, vexing, untoward, disruptive, gnawing, pesky [peskier -comp., peskiest -sup.], distracting, off-putting, ill-at-ease, nagging, obtrusive, importunate, bothersome, exasperated, niggling, miffed, troublesome.

    Ex: Inconsistencies are mostly merely annoying, although it can be difficult to be sure whether a group of citations which look similar all relate to the same document.

    Ex: Any shelf arrangement systems which do not permit ready location of specific documents are cumbersome for the user or member of staff seeking a specific document.
    Ex: Sub-arrangement under an entry term can alleviate the onerous task of scanning long lists of entries under the same keyword.
    Ex: And making matters worse, this uncomfortable group sat in a suburban sitting-room flooded with afternoon sunlight like dutifully polite guests at a formal coffee party.
    Ex: Hawthorne gave an uneasy laugh, which was merely the outlet for her disappointment.
    Ex: It is undeniable that the ripest crop of vexatious litigants, pyramidologists, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex: The old common press was a brilliant and deservedly successful invention, but by the end of the eighteenth century its limitations were beginning to seem irksome.
    Ex: Knowing precisely who is responsible for specific library services and who will make decisions relieves the uncertainty that can be particularly vexing to a neophyte (and paralyzing to library services).
    Ex: Make sure everyone involved is aware of timetable and room changes and any other administrative abnormalities; and as far as possible prevent any untoward interruptions.
    Ex: The crisis in South African education -- particularly black education -- has resulted from the disruptive effects of apartheid.
    Ex: the underlying mood of the movement is a gnawing impatience with the system.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Small solutions to everyday problems: those pesky URLs'.
    Ex: I think that Mr. Scilken's point was that there's so much material on the traditional three-by-five card that it's less useful, that it's distracting, in fact, and does a disservice to the public library.
    Ex: Some children are prepared to patronize the shop, and use it in quite a different way, when they find the library (however well run) stuffy or off-putting.
    Ex: One quite serious barrier to improvement is the reluctance of users to tell librarians of their feelings, but perhaps it is expecting too much of them to complain that they are ill-at-ease.
    Ex: With inflated prices, the nagging question was whether consumers were being bilked by the market.
    Ex: But the present revision, incorporating ISBD, will literally clutter the entries with obtrusive redundancies and esoterics that will only obscure the content of the entries and obstruct the use of the catalog.
    Ex: She concludes that this problem probes the importunate boundaries separating man from beast and the natural from the monstrous.
    Ex: He shows a masterly command of imagery throughout, but his style has always left little margin for error, and the errors here are bothersome.
    Ex: He was drumming on his desk with exasperated fingers, his mouth quirked at the corners, as if saying: 'Wriggle out of that!'.
    Ex: I always have this niggling doubt about companies that don't provide a telephone number on their websites.
    Ex: These are just superfluous rantings of miffed children.
    Ex: Measures to prevent such incidents include fitting burglar alarms in libraries and taking quick and decisive action against troublesome users.
    * comportamiento molesto = disruptive behaviour.
    * de un modo molesto = annoyingly.
    * espíritu molesto = poltergeist.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.
    * ser algo molesto = be a thorn in + Posesivo + side.
    * ser molesto = be disturbing.
    * verdad molesta = inconvenient truth.

    * * *
    molesto -ta
    A
    1 [ SER]
    (fastidioso): tengo una tos sumamente molesta I have o I've got a really irritating o annoying cough
    es una sensación muy molesta it's a very uncomfortable o unpleasant feeling
    no es grave, pero los síntomas son muy molestos it's nothing serious, but the symptoms are very unpleasant
    la máquina hace un ruido de lo más molesto the machine makes a very irritating o annoying o tiresome noise
    ¡es tan molesto que te estén interrumpiendo cada cinco minutos! it's so annoying o trying o tiresome o irritating when people keep interrupting you every five minutes
    resulta muy molesto tener que viajar con tantos bultos it's a real nuisance o it's very inconvenient having to travel with so much baggage
    ¿podría abrir la ventana, si no es molesto? would you be so kind as to open the window?
    2 [ ESTAR]
    (incómodo, dolorido): está bastante molesto he's in some pain
    pasó la noche bastante molesto he had a rather uncomfortable night
    está molesto por la anestesia he's in some discomfort because of the anesthetic
    3 [ SER] (violento, embarazoso) awkward
    es una situación muy molesta it's a very awkward o embarrassing situation
    me hace sentir muy molesta que esté constantemente regalándome cosas it's very embarrassing the way she's always giving me presents, she's always giving me presents, and it makes me feel very awkward o embarrassed
    me resulta muy molesto tener que trabajar con ella cuando no nos hablamos I find it awkward working with her when we're not even on speaking terms
    B [ ESTAR] (ofendido) upset
    está molesto con ellos porque no fueron a su boda he's upset o put out o peeved because they didn't go to his wedding
    está muy molesto por lo que hiciste he's very upset about what you did
    * * *

     

    Del verbo molestar: ( conjugate molestar)

    molesto es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    molestó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    molestar    
    molesto    
    molestó
    molestar ( conjugate molestar) verbo transitivo
    1

    ◊ perdone que lo moleste sorry to trouble o bother you


    2 (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( importunar):
    ◊ ¿le molesta si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?;

    me molesta su arrogancia her arrogance irritates o annoys me;
    no me duele, pero me molesta it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable
    2 ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance;
    ◊ no quiero molesto I don't want to be a nuisance o to cause any trouble

    molestarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( disgustarse) to get upset;
    molestose POR algo to get upset about sth;
    molestose CON algn to get annoyed with sb
    2 ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml);

    se molestó en venir hasta aquí a avisarnos she took the trouble to come all this way to tell us
    molesto
    ◊ -ta adjetivo

    1 [SER]
    a) ( fastidioso) ‹ruido/tos› annoying, irritating;

    ‹sensación/síntoma› unpleasant
    b) (violento, embarazoso) awkward, embarrassing

    2 [ESTAR] ( ofendido) upset;
    ( irritado) annoyed;
    ◊ está muy molesto por lo que hiciste he's very upset/annoyed about what you did

    molestar verbo transitivo
    1 (causar enojo, incomodidad) to disturb, bother: ¿le molestaría contestar a unas preguntas?, would you mind answering some questions?
    me molesta que grites, it annoys me when you shout
    2 (causar dolor, incomodidad) to hurt
    molesto,-a adjetivo
    1 (incómodo) uncomfortable: me encuentro algo molesto después de esa metedura de pata, I feel uncomfortable after that gaffe
    2 (fastidioso) annoying, pestering: es un ruido muy molesto, it's an annoying noise
    3 (enfadado, disgustado) annoyed o cross: ¿no estarás molesta por lo que he dicho?, you're not upset about what I said, are you?
    ' molesto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acalorada
    - acalorado
    - disgustarse
    - enojosa
    - enojoso
    - fastidiada
    - fastidiado
    - molesta
    - molestarse
    - pesada
    - pesado
    - poca
    - poco
    - puñetera
    - puñetero
    - sacudir
    - suplicio
    - fastidioso
    - fregado
    - latoso
    - molestar
    - mosqueado
    English:
    annoying
    - bother
    - hot
    - imposition
    - irksome
    - irritating
    - miffed
    - obtrusive
    - off-putting
    - peeved
    - troublesome
    - uncomfortable
    - unwelcome
    - would
    - intrusive
    - put
    - uneasy
    * * *
    molesto, -a adj
    1.
    ser molesto [incordiante] [costumbre, tos, ruido] to be annoying;
    [moscas] to be a nuisance; [calor, humo, sensación] to be unpleasant; [ropa, zapato] to be uncomfortable;
    es muy molesto tener que mandar callar constantemente it's very annoying to have to be constantly telling you to be quiet;
    tengo un dolor molesto en la espalda I've got an ache in my back which is causing me some discomfort
    2.
    ser molesto [inoportuno] [visita, llamada] to be inconvenient;
    [pregunta] to be awkward
    3.
    ser molesto [embarazoso] to be embarrassing;
    esta situación empieza a resultarme un poco molesta this situation is beginning to make me feel a bit uncomfortable
    4.
    estar molesto [irritado] to be rather upset;
    está molesta porque no la invitamos a la fiesta she's upset because we didn't invite her to the party;
    están molestos por sus declaraciones they are upset by what he has been saying
    5.
    estar molesto [con malestar, incomodidad] [por la fiebre, el dolor] to be in some discomfort;
    no tenía que haber comido tanto, ahora estoy molesto I shouldn't have eaten so much, it's made me feel rather unwell;
    ¿no estás molesto con tanta ropa? aren't you uncomfortable in all those clothes?
    * * *
    adj
    1 ( fastidioso) annoying
    2 ( incómodo) inconvenient
    3 ( embarazoso) embarrassing
    * * *
    molesto, -ta adj
    1) enojado: bothered, annoyed
    2) fastidioso: bothersome, annoying
    * * *
    molesto adj
    1. (que fastidia) annoying
    2. (disgustado) annoyed

    Spanish-English dictionary > molesto

  • 72 prima

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > prima

  • 73 primumdum

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > primumdum

  • 74 primus

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > primus

  • 75 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 76 B

    B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:

    B. M. = bene merenti,

    ib. 99; 114; 506:

    B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,

    ib. 255:

    B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,

    ib. 2437:

    B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,

    ib. 4816:

    B. M. = bonae memoriae,

    ib. 1136; 3385:

    B. M. = bonā mente,

    ib. 5033;

    sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,

    ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > B

  • 77 b

    B, b, indecl. n., designates, in the Latin alphabet, the soft, labial sound as in English, unlike the Gr. beta (B, b), which approached the Engl. v in sound; v. Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 124 sqq. At the beginning of words it represents an original dv or gv, and elsewhere an original gv, p, v, or bh ( v); v. Corss. Ausspr. I. pp. 134, 161. It corresponds regularly with Gr. b, but freq. also with p, and, in the middle of words, with ph; cf. brevis, brachus; ab, apo; carbasus, karpasos; ambo, amphi, amphô; nubes, nephos, etc.; v. Roby, Gram. I. p. 26; Kühner, Gram. § 34, 6. In Latin, as in all kindred languages, it was used in forming words to express the cry of different animals, as balare, barrire, baubari, blacterare, boare, bombitare, bubere, bubulare; children beginning to talk called their drink bua; so, balbus denoted the stammering sound, bambalio the stuttering, blatire and blaterare the babbling, blaesus the lisping, blandus the caressing. At the beginning of words b is found with no consonants except l and r (for bdellium, instead of which Marc. Emp. also wrote bdella, is a foreign word); but in the middle of words it is connected with other liquid and feeble consonants. Before hard consonants b is found only in compounds with ob and sub, the only prepositions, besides ab, which end in a labial sound; and these freq. rejected the labial, even when they are separated by the insertion of s, as abspello and absporto pass into aspello and asporto; or the place of the labial is supplied by u, as in aufero and aufugio (cf. ab init. and au); before f and p it is assimilated, as suffero, suppono; before m assimilated or not, as summergo or submergo; before c sometimes assimilated, as succedo, succingo, sometimes taking the form sus (as if from subs; cf. abs), as suscenseo; and sometimes su before s followed by a consonant, as suspicor. When b belonged to the root of a word it seems to have been retained, as plebs from plebis, urbs from urbis, etc.; so in Arabs, chalybs ( = Araps, chalups), the Gr. ps was represented by bs; as also in absis, absinthi-um, etc. But in scripsi from scribo, nupsi from nubo, etc., b was changed to p, though some grammarians still wrote bs in these words; cf. Prisc. pp. 556, 557 P.; Vel. Long. pp. 2224, 2261 ib. Of the liquids, l and r stand either before or after b, but m only before it, with the exception of abmatertera, parallel with the equally anomalous abpatruus (cf. ab init. and fin.), and n only after it; hence con and in before b always become com and im; as inversely b before n is sometimes changed to m, as Samnium for Sabinium and scamnum for scabnum, whence the dim. scabellum. B is so readily joined with u that not only acubus, arcubus, etc., were written for acibus, arcibus, etc., but also contubernium was formed from taberna, and bubile was used for bovile, as also in dubius ( = doios, duo) a b was inserted. B could be doubled, as appears not only from the foreign words abbas and sabbatum, but also from obba and gibba, and the compounds with ob and sub. B is reduplicated in bibo (cf the Gr. piô), as the shortness of the first syllable in the preterit bĭbi, compared with dēdi and stĕti or sti/ti, shows; although later bibo was treated as a primitive, and the supine bibitum formed from it. Sometimes before b an m was inserted, e. g. in cumbo for cubo kuptô, lambo for laptô, nimbus for nephos; inversely, also, it was rejected in sabucus for sambucus and labdacismus for lambdacismus. As in the middle, so at the beginning of words, b might take the place of another labial, e. g. buxis for pyxis, balaena for phalaina, carbatina for carpatina, publicus from poplicus, ambo for amphô; as even Enn. wrote Burrus and Bruges for Pyrrhus and Phryges; Naev., Balantium for Palatium (v. the latter words, and cf. Fest. p. 26).—In a later age, but not often before A.D. 300, intercourse with the Greeks caused the pronunciation of the b and v to be so similar that Adamantius Martyrius in Cassiod. pp. 2295-2310 P., drew up a separate catalogue of words which might be written with either b or v. So, Petronius has berbex for verbex, and in inscrr., but not often before A. D. 300, such errors as bixit for vixit, abe for ave, ababus for abavus, etc. (as inversely vene, devitum, acervus, vasis instead of bene, debitum, acerbus, basis), are found; Flabio, Jubentius, for Flavio, Juventius, are rare cases from the second century after Christ.—The interchange between labials, palatals, and linguals (as glans for balanos, bilis for fel or cholê) is rare at the beginning of words, but more freq. in the middle; cf. tabeo, têkô, and Sanscr. tak, terebra and teretron, uber and outhar; besides which the change of tribus Sucusana into Suburana (Varr. L. L. 5, § 48 Müll.; Quint. 1, 7, 29) deserves consideration. This interchange is most freq. in terminations used in forming words, as ber, cer, ter; brum or bulum, crum or culum, trum, bundus and cundus; bilis and tilis, etc.—Finally, the interchange of b with du at the beginning of words deserves special mention, as duonus for bonus, Bellona for Duellona, bellum for duellum, bellicus for duellicus, etc., and bis from duis.—As an abbreviation, B usually designates bonus or bene. Thus, B. D. = Bona Dea, Inscr. Orell. 1524; 2427; 2822:

    B. M. = bene merenti,

    ib. 99; 114; 506:

    B. M. P. = bene merenti posuit,

    ib. 255:

    B. D. S. M. = bene de se meritae,

    ib. 2437:

    B. V. V. = bene vale valeque,

    ib. 4816:

    B. M. = bonae memoriae,

    ib. 1136; 3385:

    B. M. = bonā mente,

    ib. 5033;

    sometimes it stands for beneficiarius, and BB. beneficiarii,

    ib. 3489; 3868; 3486 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > b

  • 78 a finales del + Siglo

    = late + Siglo, late period of + Siglo
    Ex. Companionships had probably been developed in late eighteenth-century London for dealing with rush jobs in the larger printing offices.
    Ex. It seems that around this late period of the seventeenth century this usage was beginning to gain currency.
    * * *
    = late + Siglo, late period of + Siglo

    Ex: Companionships had probably been developed in late eighteenth-century London for dealing with rush jobs in the larger printing offices.

    Ex: It seems that around this late period of the seventeenth century this usage was beginning to gain currency.

    Spanish-English dictionary > a finales del + Siglo

  • 79 entrar

    v.
    1 to enter, to come in (introducirse) (viniendo).
    déjame entrar let me in
    entrar en algo to enter something, to come/go into something
    entré por la ventana I got in through the window
    El auto entró fácilmente The car entered easily.
    Elsa entró los datos Elsa entered the data.
    2 to go in.
    entrar en algo to go into something
    3 to fit.
    esta llave no entra en la cerradura this key won't fit in the lock
    este anillo no me entra I can't get this ring on my finger
    el pie no me entra en el zapato I can't get this shoe on
    4 to join in.
    entrar en to join in; (discusión, polémica) to get in on (negocio)
    no entremos en cuestiones morales let's not get involved in moral issues
    yo ahí ni entro ni salgo it has nothing to do with me
    5 to start (time).
    el verano entra el 21 de junio summer starts on 21 June
    entrar en to reach; (edad, vejez) to start (año nuevo)
    6 to engage (automobiles).
    no entra la tercera it won't go into third gear
    7 to bring in.
    8 to take in.
    9 to approach, to deal with.
    a ése no hay por donde entrarle there's no way of getting through to him
    10 to be visited by.
    Nos entraron muchos turistas We were visited by many tourists.
    11 to catch, to take.
    Me entró un resfrío I cought [took] a cold.
    * * *
    1 (ir adentro) to come in, go in
    2 (tener entrada) to be welcome
    3 (en una sociedad etc) to join; (en una profesión) to take up, join
    4 (encajar, caber) to fit
    5 (empezar - año, estación) to begin, start; (- período, época) to enter; (- libro, carta) to begin, open
    6 (venir) to come over, come on
    7 (alcanzar) to reach
    8 (deberes, planes) to come, enter
    9 (adoptar) to enter (into), get (into)
    10 INFORMÁTICA to access
    11 AUTOMÓVIL to engage, change into
    12 MÚSICA to come in, enter (al escenario) to enter
    1 (meter) to put
    2 (de contrabando) to smuggle
    3 COSTURA to take in
    1 to get in
    \
    bien entrado,-a... well into...
    el año que entra next year, the coming year
    entrado,-a en años / entrado,-a en edad figurado getting on in years
    entrar a trabajar to begin work
    entrar con buen pie figurado to get off on the right foot
    entrar en cólera to get angry
    entrar en contacto to get in touch
    entrar en detalles to go into details
    entrar en materia to give an introduction
    entrar en religión to enter a religious order
    ese tío no me entra familiar I can't stand that guy
    hacer entrar to invite in
    no entrar ni salir en algo familiar to be indifferent to something
    no me entra el latín familiar I can't get the hang of Latin
    no me entra en la cabeza familiar I can't believe it, I can't get my head round it
    * * *
    verb
    1) to enter, go in
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [en un lugar] [acercándose al hablante] to come in, enter más frm; [alejándose del hablante] to go in, enter más frm

    -¿se puede? -sí, entra — "may I?" - "yes, come in"

    entré en o LAm a la casa — I went into the house

    espera un momento, es solo entrar y salir — wait for me a minute, I won't be long

    2) (=encajar)

    ¿entra uno más? — is there room for one more?, will one more fit?

    estoy lleno, ya no me entra nada más — I'm full, I couldn't eat another thing

    las historias de este libro entran de lleno en el surrealismo — the stories in this book are genuinely surrealist, the stories in this book come right into the category of surrealism

    3) (=estar incluido)
    4) (=comenzar)
    a) [persona]

    ¿a qué hora entras a clase? — what time do you start school?

    b)
    c) [época, estación]

    el mes que entra — the coming month, next month

    5) [con sensaciones]
    6) [conocimientos, idea]
    7) * (=soportar) to bear, stand

    ese tío no me entra — I can't bear o stand that fellow

    8) (Inform) to access
    9) (Mús) [instrumento, voz] to come in
    10) (Teat) to enter
    2. VT
    1) * [+ objeto] [acercándose al hablante] to bring in; [alejándose del hablante] to take in
    2) * (=abordar a) to deal with, approach
    3) [+ futbolista] to tackle
    4) (Mil) to attack
    ENTRAR Para precisar la manera de entrar Entrar (en ) por regla general se suele traducir por come in(to ) o por go in(to), según la dirección del movimiento (hacia o en dirección contraria al hablante), pero, come y go se pueden substituir por otros verbos de movimiento si la frase en español explica la forma en que se entra: Entró cojeando en Urgencias He limped into Casualty Acabo de ver a un ratón entrar corriendo en ese agujero I've just seen a mouse running into that hole Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( acercándose) to come in; ( alejándose) to go in

    hazla entrar — tell her to come in, show her in

    entró corriendo — he ran in, he came running in

    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? — can you drive in?

    ¿cómo entró? — how did he get in?

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo: entró en el or al banco she went into the bank; nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop; no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France; las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia — the troops entered Warsaw

    2)
    a) (en etapa, estado)
    b) ( en tema)
    3)
    a) (introducirse, meterse)

    cierra la puerta, que entra frío — close the door, you're letting the cold in

    ¿entrará por la puerta? — will it get through the door?

    c) ( ser lo suficientemente grande) (+ me/te/le etc)
    d) (fam) materia/lección/idea (+ me/te/le etc)

    la física no le entra — he just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics (colloq)

    ya se lo he explicado, pero no le entra — I've explained it to him but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head

    e) (Auto) cambios/marchas
    4) hambre/miedo (+ me/te/le etc)

    le entró hambre/miedo — she felt o got hungry/frightened

    me entró sueño/frío — I got o began to feel sleepy/cold

    5) ( empezar) to start, begin

    entró de or como aprendiz — he started o began as an apprentice

    entrar a matar — (Taur) to go in for the kill

    6)

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo — ejército/empresa/convento to enter something

    el año que entré en or a la universidad — the year I started college

    acabo de entrar en or a la asociación — I've just joined the association

    entrar en algo — guerra/campeonato/negociación to enter something

    b) (Mús) instrumento/voz to come in, enter
    7)

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? — how many do you get in a kilo?

    eso no entraba en mis planes — I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan

    8)
    a) toro
    b) futbolista to tackle

    recoge Márquez, le entra Gordillo — Márquez gets the ball and he is tackled by Gordillo

    2.
    entrar vt ( traer) to bring in; ( llevar) to take in

    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? — how are they going to get the sofa in?

    * * *
    = go into, go into, pass into, go in, step inside, walk in/into, come in, walk through + the door, patronise [patronize, -USA], patronage.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. An abstracting bulletin is generally a weekly or monthly current-awareness service containing abstracts of all documents of interest that have passed into the library or information unit during that time.
    Ex. But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex. He pushed open the door and stepped inside.
    Ex. 'When you walked in here, Tony, you looked as if you'd just seen a ghost' = "Tony, cuando entrastes aquí parecía como si hubieras visto un fantasma".
    Ex. Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.
    Ex. As I walk through the door of the first sporting goods store, I look for the running shoes I want.
    Ex. In the light of the continuing authoritarianism demonstrated by most librarians towards their patrons, it is small wonder that so few people patronized America's public libraries.
    Ex. 'Exit' is a vow, or intention, to never again patronage the offending library.
    ----
    * al entrar = on entry.
    * aventurarse a entrar en = venture into.
    * entrado en años = long in the tooth.
    * Entra en mi salón, dijo la araña... = Come into my parlour, said the spider....
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * entrar a hurtadillas = steal into.
    * entrar apresuradamente = hurry in.
    * entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar bajo la competencia de = fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * entrar de lleno = plunge into.
    * entrar de lleno en = get + stuck into, get + stuck into.
    * entrar dentro de = fall into, fall under.
    * entrar dentro de la categoría de = fall under + the heading of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de = fall + under the purview of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de Alguien = fall within + Posesivo + purview.
    * entrar dentro de la jurisdicción de = fall under + the jurisdiction of.
    * entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.
    * entrar dentro de la responsabilidad de = fall under + the jurisdiction of, fall under + the auspices of, fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar dentro del dominio de = fall under + the umbrella of.
    * entrar dentro de una categoría = fall into + category, fall under + rubric.
    * entrar de sopetón = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar en = fall within/into, get into, walk into, move into, slip into, turn into, come into, set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * entrar en acción = enter + the picture.
    * entrar en conflicto = come into + conflict (with), run into + conflict.
    * entrar en conflicto con = conflict with, clash with, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * entrar en contacto = come into + contact.
    * entrar en contacto con = get in + touch with.
    * entrar en decadencia = go to + seed.
    * entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.
    * entrar en erupción = erupt.
    * entrar en funcionamiento = go into + operation.
    * entrar en juego = bring into + play, call into + play.
    * entrar en la cabeza = get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en la dinámica = enter + the fray.
    * entrar en la mollera = get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en liquidación = go into + liquidation.
    * entrar en prensa = go to + press.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * entrar en trance = go into + trance.
    * entrar en vigor = come into + force, come into + effect, go into + effect.
    * entrar hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * entrar hipo = hiccup.
    * entrar ilegalmente = break in, break into.
    * entrar mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * entrar miedo = become + jittery.
    * entrar presionando = snap into.
    * entrar rápidamente = dart onto.
    * entrar rápidamente en = whisk into.
    * entrar sed después del esfuerzo = work up + a thirst.
    * entrar sin autorización = trespass.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * evitar que + entrar = keep + Nombre + out.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming.
    * recesión + entrar = recession + set in.
    * volver a entrar = come back in.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( acercándose) to come in; ( alejándose) to go in

    hazla entrar — tell her to come in, show her in

    entró corriendo — he ran in, he came running in

    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? — can you drive in?

    ¿cómo entró? — how did he get in?

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo: entró en el or al banco she went into the bank; nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop; no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France; las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia — the troops entered Warsaw

    2)
    a) (en etapa, estado)
    b) ( en tema)
    3)
    a) (introducirse, meterse)

    cierra la puerta, que entra frío — close the door, you're letting the cold in

    ¿entrará por la puerta? — will it get through the door?

    c) ( ser lo suficientemente grande) (+ me/te/le etc)
    d) (fam) materia/lección/idea (+ me/te/le etc)

    la física no le entra — he just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics (colloq)

    ya se lo he explicado, pero no le entra — I've explained it to him but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head

    e) (Auto) cambios/marchas
    4) hambre/miedo (+ me/te/le etc)

    le entró hambre/miedo — she felt o got hungry/frightened

    me entró sueño/frío — I got o began to feel sleepy/cold

    5) ( empezar) to start, begin

    entró de or como aprendiz — he started o began as an apprentice

    entrar a matar — (Taur) to go in for the kill

    6)

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo — ejército/empresa/convento to enter something

    el año que entré en or a la universidad — the year I started college

    acabo de entrar en or a la asociación — I've just joined the association

    entrar en algo — guerra/campeonato/negociación to enter something

    b) (Mús) instrumento/voz to come in, enter
    7)

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? — how many do you get in a kilo?

    eso no entraba en mis planes — I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan

    8)
    a) toro
    b) futbolista to tackle

    recoge Márquez, le entra Gordillo — Márquez gets the ball and he is tackled by Gordillo

    2.
    entrar vt ( traer) to bring in; ( llevar) to take in

    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? — how are they going to get the sofa in?

    * * *
    = go into, go into, pass into, go in, step inside, walk in/into, come in, walk through + the door, patronise [patronize, -USA], patronage.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex: An abstracting bulletin is generally a weekly or monthly current-awareness service containing abstracts of all documents of interest that have passed into the library or information unit during that time.
    Ex: But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex: He pushed open the door and stepped inside.
    Ex: 'When you walked in here, Tony, you looked as if you'd just seen a ghost' = "Tony, cuando entrastes aquí parecía como si hubieras visto un fantasma".
    Ex: Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.
    Ex: As I walk through the door of the first sporting goods store, I look for the running shoes I want.
    Ex: In the light of the continuing authoritarianism demonstrated by most librarians towards their patrons, it is small wonder that so few people patronized America's public libraries.
    Ex: 'Exit' is a vow, or intention, to never again patronage the offending library.
    * al entrar = on entry.
    * aventurarse a entrar en = venture into.
    * entrado en años = long in the tooth.
    * Entra en mi salón, dijo la araña... = Come into my parlour, said the spider....
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * entrar a hurtadillas = steal into.
    * entrar apresuradamente = hurry in.
    * entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar bajo la competencia de = fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * entrar de lleno = plunge into.
    * entrar de lleno en = get + stuck into, get + stuck into.
    * entrar dentro de = fall into, fall under.
    * entrar dentro de la categoría de = fall under + the heading of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de = fall + under the purview of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de Alguien = fall within + Posesivo + purview.
    * entrar dentro de la jurisdicción de = fall under + the jurisdiction of.
    * entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.
    * entrar dentro de la responsabilidad de = fall under + the jurisdiction of, fall under + the auspices of, fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar dentro del dominio de = fall under + the umbrella of.
    * entrar dentro de una categoría = fall into + category, fall under + rubric.
    * entrar de sopetón = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar en = fall within/into, get into, walk into, move into, slip into, turn into, come into, set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * entrar en acción = enter + the picture.
    * entrar en conflicto = come into + conflict (with), run into + conflict.
    * entrar en conflicto con = conflict with, clash with, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * entrar en contacto = come into + contact.
    * entrar en contacto con = get in + touch with.
    * entrar en decadencia = go to + seed.
    * entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.
    * entrar en erupción = erupt.
    * entrar en funcionamiento = go into + operation.
    * entrar en juego = bring into + play, call into + play.
    * entrar en la cabeza = get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en la dinámica = enter + the fray.
    * entrar en la mollera = get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en liquidación = go into + liquidation.
    * entrar en prensa = go to + press.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * entrar en trance = go into + trance.
    * entrar en vigor = come into + force, come into + effect, go into + effect.
    * entrar hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * entrar hipo = hiccup.
    * entrar ilegalmente = break in, break into.
    * entrar mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * entrar miedo = become + jittery.
    * entrar presionando = snap into.
    * entrar rápidamente = dart onto.
    * entrar rápidamente en = whisk into.
    * entrar sed después del esfuerzo = work up + a thirst.
    * entrar sin autorización = trespass.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * evitar que + entrar = keep + Nombre + out.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming.
    * recesión + entrar = recession + set in.
    * volver a entrar = come back in.

    * * *
    entrar [A1 ]
    ■ entrar (verbo intransitivo)
    A acercándose, alejándose
    B
    1 en una etapa, un estado
    2 en un tema
    C
    1 introducirse, meterse
    2 poderse meter
    3 ser lo suficientemente grande
    4 entrar en la cabeza
    5 Automovilismo
    6 Informática
    D entrarle frío etc
    E empezar
    F
    1 incorporarse
    2 Música
    G
    1 estar incluido
    2 ser incluido
    3 entrarle a algo
    H
    1 Tauromaquia
    2 Deporte
    3 entrarle a algn
    ■ entrar (verbo transitivo)
    1 traer, llevar
    2 en costura
    vi
    A (acercándose) to come in; (alejándose) to go in
    entra, no te quedes en la puerta come in, don't stand there in the doorway
    quiero entrar a comprar cigarrillos I want to go in and buy some cigarettes
    en ese momento entró Nicolás just then Nicolás came o walked in, just then Nicolás entered the room
    entraron sin pagar/por la ventana they got in without paying/through the window
    déjame entrar let me in
    hazla entrar tell her to come in, show her in
    entró corriendo/cojeando he ran/limped in, he came running/limping in
    ése en mi casa no entra I am not having him in my house
    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? can you drive in?, can you take the car in?
    entrar a puerto to put into port
    aquí nunca entró esa moda that fashion never took off here
    hay gente constantemente entrando y saliendo there are always people coming and going
    fue entrar y salir I was in and out in no time
    entrar EN or ( esp AmL) A algo:
    entró en el or al banco a cambiar dinero she went into the bank to change some money
    nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop
    no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France
    entraron en el or al país ilegalmente they entered the country illegally
    un Ford negro entró en el or al garaje a black Ford pulled into the garage
    las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia the troops entered Warsaw
    yo por ahí no entro ( fam); I'm not having that! ( colloq)
    B
    1 (en una etapa, un estado) entrar EN algo to enter sth
    pronto entraremos en una nueva década we shall soon be entering a new decade
    al entrar en la pubertad on reaching puberty
    entró en contacto con ellos he made contact with them
    no logro entrar en calor I just can't get warm
    entró en coma he went into a coma
    cuando el reactor entró en funcionamiento when the reactor began operating o became operational
    2 (en un tema) entrar EN algo to go into sth
    sin entrar en los aspectos más técnicos without going into the more technical aspects
    no quiero entrar en juicios de valor I don't want to get involved in o to make value judgments
    C
    1
    (introducirse, meterse): cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in
    le entra por un oído y le sale por el otro it goes in one ear and out the other
    entrar EN algo:
    me ha entrado arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes
    2
    (poderse meter): no entra por la puerta it won't go through the door
    está llena, no entra ni una cosa más it's full, you won't get anything else in
    estos clavos no entran en la pared these nails won't go into the wall
    estoy repleta, no me entra nada más I'm full, I couldn't eat another thing
    estos vaqueros ya no me entran I can't get into these jeans anymore, these jeans don't fit me anymore
    el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on
    4 ( fam)
    «materia/lección/idea» (+ me/te/le etc): la física no le entra he just doesn't understand physics, he just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics ( colloq)
    ya se lo he explicado varias veces, pero no le entra I've explained it to him several times but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head
    que la haya dejado es algo que no me entra (en la cabeza) I just can't understand him leaving her
    «cambios/marchas»: no (me) entran las marchas I can't get it into gear
    no me entra la segunda I can't get it into second (gear)
    6 ( Informática) tb
    entrar en el sistema to log in, log on
    D
    «frío/hambre/miedo» (+ me/te/le etc): me está entrando hambre I'm beginning to feel hungry
    le entró miedo cuando lo vio she felt o was frightened when she saw it
    ya me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts now
    me entró sueño/frío I got o began to feel sleepy/cold
    E (empezar) to start, begin
    ¿a qué hora entras a trabajar? what time do you start work?
    entró de or como aprendiz he started o began o joined as an apprentice
    termina un siglo y entra otro one century comes to a close and another begins
    entrar A + INF:
    entró a trabajar allí a los 18 años he started (working) there when he was 18
    entrar a matar ( Taur) to go in for the kill
    ahí entré a sospechar ( RPl fam); that's when I started o began to get suspicious
    F
    1 (incorporarse) entrar EN or ( esp AmL) A algo:
    entró en el or al convento muy joven she entered the convent when she was very young
    el año que viene entra en la or a la universidad she's going to college o she starts college next year
    el año que entré en la asociación the year that I joined the association
    entró en la or a la empresa de jefe de personal he joined the company as personnel manager
    2 ( Música) «instrumento/voz» to come in, enter
    G
    1 (estar incluido) entrar EN algo:
    ese tema no entra en el programa that subject is not on o in the syllabus
    el postre no entra en el precio dessert is not included in the price
    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
    eso no entraba en mis planes I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan
    no entraba en or dentro de sus obligaciones it was not part of o one of his duties
    esto ya entra en or dentro de lo ridículo this is becoming o getting ridiculous
    2
    (ser incluido): creo que entraremos en la segunda tanda I think we'll be in the second group
    los números no premiados entrarán en un segundo sorteo the non-winning numbers will go into o be included in o be entered for a second draw
    3
    ( Méx fam): entrarle A algo (participar en) to be game FOR sth
    ¡ándale! éntrale a estos frijoles, están muy buenos come on! tuck into these beans, they're very good
    H
    1
    ( Tauromaquia) «toro»: el toro no entraba al capote the bull wouldn't charge at the cape
    2 ( Deporte) «futbolista» to tackle
    recoge Márquez, (le) entra Gordillo Márquez gets the ball and is tackled by Gordillo
    3
    ( AmL fam) (abordar): entrarle a algn to chat sb up ( colloq)
    ■ entrar
    vt
    1 (traer) to bring in; (llevar) to take in
    va a llover, hay que entrar la ropa it's going to rain, we'll have to bring the washing in
    voy a entrar el coche I'm just going to put the car away o put the car in the garage
    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?
    no se puede entrar animales al país you are not allowed to take/bring animals into the country
    lo entró de contrabando he smuggled it in
    2
    (en costura): hay que entrarle un poco de los costados it needs taking in a bit at the sides
    * * *

     

    entrar ( conjugate entrar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( acercándose) to come in;
    ( alejándose) to go in;

    hazla entrar tell her to come in, show her in;
    entró corriendo he ran in, he came running in;
    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? can you drive in?;
    había gente entrando y saliendo there were people coming and going;
    ¿cómo entró? how did he get in?;
    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹a edificio/habitación› to go into sth;
    entró en el or al banco she went into the bank
    2 (en etapa, estado) entrar en algo ‹en periodo/guerra/negociaciones› to enter sth;

    entró en coma he went into a coma
    3
    a) (introducirse, meterse):

    ◊ cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in;

    me entró arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes

    ◊ ¿entrará por la puerta? will it get through the door?;


    (+ me/te/le etc):

    el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on;
    no me entra la segunda (Auto) I can't get it into second (gear)
    4 [ hambre] (+ me/te/le etc):
    ◊ le entró hambre she felt o got hungry;

    me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts;
    me entró sueño I got o began to feel sleepy
    5 ( empezar) to start, begin;
    ◊ entró de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice

    6 ( incorporarse) entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹en empresa/ejército/club› to join sth;
    ‹ en convento› to enter sth;
    el año que entré en or a la universidad the year I started college I've just joined the association
    7 ( estar incluido):

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
    verbo transitivo ( traer) to bring in;
    ( llevar) to take in;
    ◊ ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?

    entrar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to come in, go in, enter: los ladrones entraron por la ventana, the burglars entered through the window ➣ Ver nota en ir
    2 (encajar) to fit: esta llave no entra, this key doesn't fit
    3 (estar incluido) to be included: eso no entra en el precio, that's not included in the price
    4 (en una organización, partido) to join, get into: entró en el club, he was admitted to the club
    5 (en una situación) to go into: el avión entró en barrena, the plane went into a spin
    entrar en calor, to warm up
    6 (comenzar) el mes que entra, next month, the coming month
    7 (sobrevenir) to come over: le entraron ganas de llorar, he felt like crying
    me entró un ataque de histeria, I went into hysterics
    8 (agradar) no me entran las lentejas, I don't like lentils
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to bring in: entra las sillas, take the chairs in
    2 Inform to enter
    ♦ Locuciones: entrar en la cabeza: no me entra en la cabeza que hayas hecho eso, I can't understand why you have done that
    ni entrar ni salir, to play no part in the matter: en cuestiones sentimentales ni entro ni salgo, I steer well clear of touchy subjects

    ' entrar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - acceder
    - adherirse
    - arriar
    - asomarse
    - barrena
    - caber
    - calor
    - codazo
    - colarse
    - dejar
    - disminuir
    - erupción
    - escena
    - funcionamiento
    - guardacantón
    - hacer
    - irse
    - le
    - meterse
    - pasar
    - perdón
    - razón
    - robar
    - saco
    - tocar
    - trance
    - vigencia
    - vigor
    - bala
    - chequeo
    - chocar
    - colar
    - coma
    - conflicto
    - contacto
    - desorden
    - detalle
    - dificultad
    - duda
    - ebullición
    - esperar
    - función
    - gata
    - hurtadillas
    - introducir
    - juego
    - limpiar
    - meter
    English:
    access
    - admit
    - barge
    - barge in
    - break into
    - bring in
    - burglarize
    - burst in
    - climb
    - come in
    - come into
    - crowd
    - customary
    - dash in
    - dash into
    - detail
    - effect
    - enter
    - entry
    - erupt
    - fetch in
    - flounce
    - force
    - get in
    - go in
    - go into
    - hear of
    - in
    - input
    - inside
    - join
    - jump in
    - keep out
    - left
    - let in
    - LIFO
    - listen
    - log in
    - log on
    - may
    - move in
    - penetrate
    - pop in
    - re-enter
    - reason
    - roll in
    - run in
    - sense
    - show up
    - slip in
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [introducirse] [viniendo] to enter, to come in;
    [yendo] to enter, to go in;
    déjame entrar let me in;
    entrar en algo to enter sth, to come/go into sth;
    acababa de entrar en casa cuando… she had just got back home o got into the house when…;
    lo vi entrar en el restaurante I saw him go into the restaurant;
    entré por la ventana I got in through the window;
    no tiene edad para entrar en discotecas she's not old enough to go to discos;
    entra al campo Rubio en sustitución de un compañero Rubio is coming on for his teammate
    2. [penetrar] to go in;
    cierra la puerta, entra mucho viento close the door, you're letting the wind in;
    este disquete no entra en la disquetera this disk won't go into the disk drive
    3. [caber] to fit (en in);
    esta llave no entra en la cerradura this key won't fit in the lock;
    en esta habitación entran dos alfombras there's room for two rugs in this room;
    este anillo no me entra I can't get this ring on my finger;
    el pie no me entra en el zapato I can't get this shoe on
    4. [incorporarse]
    entrar (en algo) [colegio, empresa] to start (at sth);
    [club, partido político] to join (sth);
    entró en la universidad a los dieciocho años he went to university when he was eighteen;
    entrar en la Unión Europea to join the European Union;
    entró a trabajar de ayudante he started off as an assistant
    5. [empezar]
    entramos a las nueve we start at nine o'clock;
    entrar a hacer algo to start doing sth;
    entró a trabajar hace un mes she started work a month ago;
    RP Fam
    cuando me lo dijo, entré a atar cabos when he told me, I started putting two and two together;
    RP Fam
    cuando entró a pensar en el asunto, ya era demasiado tarde by the time he began thinking about the matter, it was already too late
    6. [participar] to join in;
    entrar en [discusión, polémica] to join in;
    [negocio] to get in on;
    no entremos en cuestiones morales let's not get involved in moral issues;
    no tuvo tiempo de entrar en juego she didn't have time to get into the game;
    yo ahí ni entro ni salgo it has nothing to do with me;
    yo no entro en temas políticos porque no entiendo I don't discuss politics because I don't understand it
    7. [estar incluido]
    entrar en, entrar dentro de to be included in;
    la cena entra en el precio dinner is included in the price;
    ¿cuántos entran en un kilo? how many do you get to the kilo?;
    ¿esto entra en o [m5] para el examen? does this come into the exam?
    8. [figurar]
    entro en el grupo de los disconformes I number among the dissidents;
    este retraso no entraba en nuestros planes this delay did not form part of our plans
    9. [estado físico, de ánimo]
    le entraron ganas de hablar he suddenly felt like talking;
    me entran ganas de ponerme a cantar I've got an urge to start singing;
    me está entrando frío/sueño I'm getting cold/sleepy;
    me entró mucha pena I was filled with pity;
    entró en calor rápidamente she soon warmed up o got warm;
    me entran sudores sólo de pensarlo it makes me break out in a cold sweat just thinking about it;
    me entró la risa I got the giggles
    10. [periodo de tiempo] to start;
    el verano entra el 21 de junio summer starts on 21 June;
    entrar en [edad, vejez] to reach;
    [año nuevo] to start;
    entramos en una nueva era de cooperación we are entering a new era of cooperation
    11. [concepto, asignatura]
    no le entra la geometría he can't get the hang of geometry;
    no le entra en la cabeza que eso no se hace he can't seem to get it into his head that that sort of behaviour is out
    12. Aut to engage;
    no entra la tercera it won't go into third gear
    13. Mús to come in;
    ahora entra la sección de viento now the wind section comes in
    14. Taurom to charge;
    entrar al engaño to charge the cape
    15. Fam [comida, bebida] to go down;
    ¡qué bien entra este vino! this wine goes down a treat!;
    no, gracias, no me entra más no thanks, I couldn't take any more
    ♦ vt
    1. [introducir] [trayendo] to bring in;
    [llevando] to take in;
    entra la ropa antes de que se moje take o bring the washing in before it gets wet;
    entra las herramientas en el cobertizo y vamos a pasear put the tools in the shed and we'll go for a walk;
    ¿por dónde entraremos el piano? where are we going to get the piano in?;
    entran tabaco de contrabando they bring in contraband tobacco, they smuggle tobacco
    2. [acometer] to approach;
    a ése no hay por donde entrarle it's impossible to know how to approach him;
    hay un chico que le gusta, pero no sabe cómo entrarle there's a boy she fancies, but she doesn't know how to get talking to him
    3. [en fútbol] to tackle;
    entró al contrario con violencia he made a heavy challenge on his opponent;
    entrar en falta a alguien to commit a foul on sb
    * * *
    I v/i
    1 para indicar acercamiento come in, enter;
    ¡entre! come in!;
    yo en eso no entro ni salgo that has nothing to do with me, I have nothing to do with that
    2 para indicar alejamiento go in, enter
    3 caber fit;
    el pantalón no me entra these pants don’t fit me;
    la llave no entra the key doesn’t fit;
    no me entra en la cabeza I can’t understand it
    4
    :
    ¿cuántos plátanos entran en un kilo? how many bananas are there in a kilo?
    5
    :
    me entró frío/sueño I got cold/sleepy, I began to feel cold/sleepy;
    me entró miedo I got scared, I began to feel scared
    6
    :
    entrar en go into;
    7 ( gustar)
    :
    este tipo no me entra I don’t like the look of the guy, I don’t like the guy’s face
    8 ( empezar)
    :
    entrar (a trabajar) a las ocho start (work) at eight o’clock
    II v/t
    3 INFOR enter
    4 en fútbol tackle
    * * *
    entrar vi
    1) : to enter, to go in, to come in
    2) : to begin
    entrar vt
    1) : to bring in, to introduce
    2) : to access
    * * *
    entrar vb
    1. (ir adentro) to go in
    2. (lograr acceso, subir a un coche) to get in
    3. (pasar) to come in [pt. came; pp. come]
    entra, que hace frío fuera come in it's cold outside
    4. (caber) to fit [pt. & pp. fitted]
    5. (ingresar) to join / to get into
    6. (estar incluido) to be included
    7. (empezar) to start / to begin [pt. began; pp. begun]
    8. (sobrevenir) to get / to feel [pt. & pp. felt]
    9. (en fútbol) to tackle

    Spanish-English dictionary > entrar

  • 80 être

    être [εtʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 61
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. to be
    • soyez sages ! be good!
    • elle est des nôtres she's one of us ; ( = elle vient avec nous) she's coming with us
    • serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?
    • quel jour sommes-nous ? (date) what's the date today? ; (jour) what day is it today?
    2. <
       a. (passif) to be
    • être fabriqué par... to be made by...
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les temps composés anglais sont généralement formés avec le verbe to have et non to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?
    3. <
       a. to be
    • où étais-tu ? where were you?
       b. ( = aller)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year
    4. <
       a. ► il est + adjectif it is
    • il est étrange que... it's odd that...
    • quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?
       c. ► il est + nom (literary) (nom singulier) there is ; (nom pluriel) there are
    • il est un pays où... there is a country where...
    • il est des gens qui... there are people who...
    • il était une fois... once upon a time there was...
       d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom
    • c'est le médecin (en désignant) that's the doctor ; (au téléphone, à la porte) it's the doctor
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was him
       e. ► c'est + adjectif it is
    • ça c'est vrai ! that's true!
    • un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel
    • voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never do
       f. (locutions)
    ► c'est... qui
    • c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying
    • c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!
    • ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)
    quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money
    • c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!
    • ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?
    • est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?
    • est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?
    • est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?
    • est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?
    • quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?
    • où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas
    5. <
       a. ( = créature) being
       b. ( = individu) person
    * * *

    I ɛtʀ
    verbe intransitif (+ v avoir)
    1)

    voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is

    qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?

    2)

    je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute

    3)

    il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us

    fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal

    ••

    on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever


    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold
    Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire
    Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc
    être = verbe auxiliaire
    être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais
    au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year
    au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned
    être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge
    Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant
    Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well
    être = aller
    Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant
    Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)
    est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?
    Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?
    est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné
    Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?
    c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?
    Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends
    De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc
    Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...
    En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers
    c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables
    c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose
    La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text
    c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?
    ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher
    être = verbe impersonnel
    il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining
    On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois
    il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée
    il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood
    Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate
    j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour
    être + prépositions
    La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de
    Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’
    Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante
    Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'
    Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc
    La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction
    Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part
    Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

    II ɛtʀ
    nom masculin
    1) ( organisme vivant) being

    un être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature

    2) ( personne) person

    un être cher or aimé — a loved one

    3) ( nature intime) being

    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold
    Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire
    Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc
    être = verbe auxiliaire
    être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais
    au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year
    au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned
    être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge
    Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant
    Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well
    être = aller
    Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant
    Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)
    est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?
    Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?
    est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné
    Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?
    c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?
    Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends
    De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc
    Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...
    En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers
    c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables
    c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose
    La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text
    c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?
    ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher
    être = verbe impersonnel
    il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining
    On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois
    il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée
    il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood
    Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate
    j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour
    être + prépositions
    La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de
    Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’
    Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante
    Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'
    Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc
    La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction
    Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part
    Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again
    * * *
    ɛtʀ
    1. nm
    1) (état, description) to be

    Il est instituteur. — He's a teacher.

    Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.

    Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.

    Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.

    être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb

    Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.

    C'est à moi. — It's mine.

    C'est à eux. — It's theirs.

    C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.

    Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.

    Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.

    4) (obligation, but)

    être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.

    C'est à essayer. — You should try it.

    Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...

    3. vi
    1) (= se trouver) to be

    Je ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.

    Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.

    3) (= faire partie) to be

    être de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...

    Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.

    4) (= exister) to be

    être ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...

    en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth

    Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.

    Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.

    4. vb aux

    Il est parti. — He has left., He has gone.

    Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.

    Il a été promu. — He has been promoted.

    5. vb impers

    il est... — it is...

    Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.

    Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.

    See:
    * * *
    I.
    être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi
    1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;
    2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;
    3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.
    on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.
    II.
    être nm
    1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defencelessGB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;
    2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;
    3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;
    4 Philos l'être being.
    I
    [ɛtr] nom masculin
    1. BIOLOGIE & PHILOSOPHIE being
    l'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being
    3. [personne] person
    4. [cœur, âme] being, heart, soul
    II
    [ɛtr] verbe intransitif
    A.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]
    1. [exister] to be, to exist
    B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]
    1. [suivi d'un attribut] to be
    Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me
    2. [suivi d'une préposition]
    j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I stay
    a. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyone
    b. [au bureau] I won't see anybody
    je suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yours
    tout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?
    vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08
    être de [provenir de] to be from, to come from
    être de [dater de]: l'église est du XVIe the church is from ou dates back to the 16th century
    être en [lieu]: être en prison/en France to be in prison/in France
    être sans: vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... I'm sure you're aware that...
    j'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasure
    où en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?
    en être à faire quelque chose: j'en suis à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...
    tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!
    j'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everything
    y être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!
    mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!
    en être (familier) , être de ceux-là (familier) [être homosexuel] to be one of them
    3. [dans l'expression du temps] to be
    nous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/Thursday
    C.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go
    ————————
    [ɛtr] verbe impersonnel
    1. [exister]
    il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...
    2. [pour exprimer l'heure]
    3. (soutenu & locution)
    ————————
    [ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire
    1. [sert à former les temps composés]
    je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down
    2. [sert à former le passif]
    3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]
    cela étant locution adverbiale
    [dans ces circonstances] things being what they are
    [cela dit] having said that

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > être

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • turn of the century — {n. phr.} The time at the end of one century and the beginning of the next century; {especially}: The time when the 1800 s became the 1900 s; the early 1900 s. * /Automobiles were strange things to see at the turn of the century./ …   Dictionary of American idioms

  • turn of the century — {n. phr.} The time at the end of one century and the beginning of the next century; {especially}: The time when the 1800 s became the 1900 s; the early 1900 s. * /Automobiles were strange things to see at the turn of the century./ …   Dictionary of American idioms

  • The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Martian Chronicles —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Magician's Nephew —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Bund — (zh stp|s=外滩|t=外灘|p=Wàitān) is an area of Huangpu District in Shanghai, People s Republic of China. The area centres on a section of Zhongshan Road (East 1 Zhongshan Road) within the former Shanghai International Settlement, which runs along the… …   Wikipedia

  • Century 21 Exposition — logo …   Wikipedia

  • The Master and Margarita —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Adventures of Superman (radio) — The Adventures of Superman National (DC) Comics Publisher Harry Donenfeld (left) with Bud Collyer and Joan Alexander Other names Superman Genre Serial, Drama …   Wikipedia

  • The Theory and Practice of Oligarchical Collectivism — The Theory and Practice of Oligarchical Collectivism, by Emmanuel Goldstein, is the fictional book that is a thematic and plot element integral to the dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty Four (1949), by George Orwell. In the totalitarian society of… …   Wikipedia

  • The Dead Zone (TV series) — The Dead Zone Format Science fiction Thriller Suspense Drama Created by Stephen King Developed …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»